‫ ا‬ ‫ہ   اُردو   اور   رو‬ ‫ ‬ ‫ ا آن‬ ‫ہ ‬ ‫ ‬

‫ْ َّ‬
‫‪Hand shake with each other it vanishes malice.‬‬ ‫(‬ ‫اﻟﻐﻞ )‬
‫ﯾﺬﮬﺐ ِ‬ ‫َ َ َ ُْ‬
‫ﺗﺼﺎﲿﻮا ُ ْ ِ ُ‬ ‫‪۹‬۔‬
‫  ۔‬ ‫    و     دور ‬

‫ُ ُ ْ َ ْ ً َّ َ َ َ َّ‬
‫وﻻﺗﻔﺮ ُﻗﻮاْ‬
‫‪Eat together and not separately.‬‬ ‫)ا   (‬ ‫ﲨﯿﻌﺎ‬ ‫‪۱۰‬۔ ﳇﻮ ا ِ‬
‫۔‬ ‫ِ     ؤ ا  ا  ‬

‫َ‬ ‫َّ‬
‫ﻔﻮن ؀‬
‫ﻳﺼ ُ ْ َ‬
‫ﻋﻤﺎ َ ِ‬
‫ﺰة َ َّ‬ ‫رب ا ْ ِ‬
‫ﻟﻌ َّ ِ‬ ‫ﺤﺎن َرﺑِّ َ‬
‫ﮏ َ ِّ‬ ‫ﻟﺴﻤﻴ ُﻊ ا ْ َ ِ ْ ُ‬
‫ﻟﻌﻠﻴﻢ ؀ ُ ْ‬
‫ﺳﺒ َ َ‬ ‫ﻧﺖ ا َّ ِ ْ‬ ‫ﻘﺒ ْﻞ ِ َّ‬
‫ﻣﻨﺎ ط ِاﻧﮏ ا َ ْ َ‬ ‫رﺑﻨﺎ َﺗ َ َّ‬
‫َ َّ َ‬

‫َﻤﲔ ؀‬ ‫ﺤﻤﺪ ﻟِﻠّٰ ِ َ ِّ‬

‫رب ا ْ ٰ‬
‫ﻟﻌﻠ ِ ْ َ‬ ‫ﺮﺳﻠﲔ ؀ َوا ْﻟ َ ْ ُ‬ ‫وﺳﻠﻢ َﻠ َ ا ْ ُ‬
‫ﻟﻤ ْ َ ِ ْ َ‬ ‫َ َ ٌٰ‬

‫ف ‬
‫رج   و  ‬

‫‪72‬‬
‫‪Qaidah with Urdu & Roman English‬‬ ‫‪Qaidah   Taleem-ul-Qur’aan‬‬
 ‫ ا‬ ‫ہ   اُردو   اور   رو‬   ‫ ا آن‬  ‫ہ‬  

َّ ُْ ُ َ َ َ
The God's messenger may the blessings and َ‫وﺳﻠﻢ‬ ِْ َ َ ‫ﷲ‬
َ َ ‫ﻋﻠﯿﻪ‬ َّ َ
ُ ‫ﺻﲇ‬ ِ‫ﻗﺎل رﺳﻮل ﷲ‬
peace of God be upon him said:    َ ‫ ا ُ  َ و‬   ‫ ر ل ا‬

ُ َ َْ
ٌ ْ ‫اﻟﻌﺪۃ َد‬
Giving one's word is as good as debt. ( ‫  )ا‬ ِ ‫۔‬۱
 ‫و ہ  ض  ۔‬

َ َّ َ ْ ُ ُ ْ َ َ ُ ْ َّ َ
The miser will not enter paradise. ( ‫  ) ا‬ ‫اﻟﺸﺤﯿﺢ ﻻﯾﺪ ﺧﻞ اﳉﻨﺔ‬ ِ ‫۔‬۲
‫۔‬     ‫   دا‬  ‫س‬

ْ ّ ُ َ ِ ُ ٰ َّ َ
The worship is the pillar of religion. ( ) ِ ‫اﻟﺪ‬
ِ ‫۔ اﻟﺼﻠﻮۃ ﲻﺎد‬۳
‫ز د     ن  ۔‬

َّ ّ ُ َ ْ َ ْ َ َّ
Actions are but by intentions. (‫) رى‬ ‫ﻟﻨﯿﺎت‬
ِ ِ ِ ‫ِاﳕﺎ اﻻﲻﺎل‬ ‫۔‬۴

‫    ۔‬ ‫م  ں   دا  رو  ا  ر‬

ّ ُ َٰ ٌ َ ْ َ ْ ْ ُ َ َ
Acquiring of knowledge is ( ٍِ ْ ُ ‫ﰻ‬
 ‫ﻣﺴﻠﻢ )ا    و‬ ِ ‫ﻓﺮﯾﻀﺔ‬ ِ ‫اﻟﻌﻠﻢ‬
ِ ِ ‫ﻃﻠﺐ‬ ‫۔‬۵
obligatory for every muslim. ‫ن    ض  ۔‬         

Purity is the half of faith. َ ْ ْ ُ ْ َ ‫اﻟﻄﻬﻮر‬

‫ﺷﻄﺮاﻻﳝﺎن‬ ُ ْ ُ ُّ َ ‫۔‬۶
( ‫ ا‬ ) ِ ِ
‫  آد  ا ن  ۔‬

‫ﺨﺒ َﺰ‬ ُْ ْ َ
ُْ ‫اﮐﺮﻣﻮا ْﻟ‬ ‫۔‬۷
Pay respect to the bread. ( ) ِ
‫رو     ت  و۔‬
Whoever accepts Islam attains salvation. ( ) َ َ ْ َ ْ َ ‫ﻗﺪاﻓﻠﺢ‬
‫اﺳﻠﻢ‬ َ َ ْ َ ْ َ ‫۔‬۸
‫   ا م  ل   اُس    ح  ۔‬
71
Qaidah with Urdu & Roman English Qaidah   Taleem-ul-Qur’aan
 ‫ ا‬ ‫ہ   اُردو   اور   رو‬ ‫ ‬ ‫ ا آن‬ ‫ہ ‬ ‫ ‬

‫)‪Q‬‬ ‫‪Qatam aaet key aaqri harf par‬‬

‫ آ    آ ى  ف  ا   م   ا     ا ‬ ‫س(‬
‫‪jazam ya alif ya khada zabar‬‬
‫?‪hoto kistarha padhaingay‬‬ ‫  ؟‬ ‫ز         ح ‬
‫)‪A‬‬ ‫‪Harkat ko badley bagair waisay‬‬ ‫  ۔‬ ‫ ‬ ‫   و    و‬ ‫   ‬ ‫ج(‬
‫ ‪ْ َ ْ َ      :‬‬
‫‪hi waqaf karegay.‬‬
‫ُْٰ‬
‫ﻣﻮﳻ‬ ‫‪-‬‬ ‫َزﮐ ِ َّ‬
‫َﺮﻳﺎ‬ ‫‪-‬‬ ‫ﺗﳯﺮ‬ ‫ ‬

‫؁‬ ‫ﻓﺴﻮی‬ ‫ا َ َّ ِ ْ‬
‫ﻟﺬی َﺧﻠ َ َﻖ َ َ ّٰ‬ ‫؁‬ ‫ﻟﻬﻢ‬ ‫ََْ‬
‫اﻋﻤﺎ َ ُ ْ‬ ‫؁‬ ‫َﺮوا ُ ْﻧٰﺜﻰ‬
‫َذ ﮐ ٍ َّ‬ ‫؁‬ ‫َزﮐ ِ َّ‬
‫َﺮﻳﺎ‬
‫؁‬ ‫َوا َّ ْ‬
‫ﻟﻴ ِﻞ ِ َ‬
‫اذا َﺳ ٰ‬ ‫؁‬
‫ﻳﻤﺎ ُﻧ ُ ْ‬
‫ﳊﻢ‬ ‫اِ ْ َ‬ ‫؁‬ ‫ﻟﺴﻮف َﻳ ْﺮ ٰ‬
‫َو َ َ ْ َ‬ ‫؁‬ ‫َﻮار ْﻳ َﺮا‬
‫ﻗَ ِ‬

‫َ ُ ْ ُْ ُ ْ َ َ ْ‬ ‫ْ‬ ‫ُ‬ ‫َ‬ ‫َ‬ ‫ْ‬ ‫ََْ ُ َ‬ ‫َ ْ َ ْ ََ ْ ُْ َْ‬

‫وﱄ ِد ِ‬ ‫ﯾﻠﺪ وﱂ ﻟﺪ ۔ ﳜﻄﻒ اﺑﺼﺎرﮬﻢ ۔ ﻟﮑﻢ ِدﯾﻨﮑﻢ ِ‬ ‫ﱂ ِ‬
‫ْ َ َ‬ ‫ﻟﻬﻢ َﻻ ُ ْ ِ ُ ْ‬ ‫ﻗﯿﻞ َ ُ ْ‬‫َ َ َْ‬ ‫ﻟﮏ ِ ْ َ َ‬ ‫ورﻓﻌﻨﺎ َ َ‬ ‫ََََْ‬ ‫ﻟﮏ َ ْ َ َ‬ ‫ََ ْ َ ْ َ ْ‬
‫ﴩح َ َ‬
‫ﺗﻔﺴﺪوا ۔ ِاذ ﻗﺎل‬ ‫ذﮐﺮک ۔ وِاذا ِ‬ ‫ﺻﺪرک ۔‬ ‫اﱂ‬
‫ﻓﻬﻮَ‬‫اﻣﺮﺿﺖ َ ُ‬
‫اذ َ ْ ُ‬ ‫َ َ‬ ‫ْ‬ ‫َ َ َ َُ ْ‬ ‫ٰ‬ ‫َ َ ْ َ َٰ ُ ُْ‬ ‫وﻗﻮﻣﻪ َ ٰ‬ ‫ْ‬ ‫َ ْ ََ‬
‫ِ‬ ‫ِ‬ ‫و‬ ‫۔‬ ‫ﺗﺆاﺧﺬﱏ‬
‫ِ ِ‬ ‫ﻻ‬ ‫ﻗﺎل‬ ‫۔‬ ‫اﺧﺮی‬ ‫ﻓﳱﺎﻣﺎرب‬ ‫ِ‬ ‫ِ ِ‬ ‫وﱄ‬ ‫۔‬ ‫ﻣﺎﮬﺬە‬
‫ِٖ‬ ‫ٖ‬ ‫ﻻﺑﯿﻪ ِ‬ ‫ِ ِ ِ‬
‫َ‬ ‫َ َ ُ ُ ْ َ َّ َ َ‬ ‫َّ ٰ َ ُ ْ َ‬ ‫َْ ْ‬
‫اﻟﻄﺂ َّ ُ‬
‫ﻣﺔ‬ ‫ﺟﺂءت َّ‬ ‫ﻓﺎذا َ َ ِ‬ ‫ﻋﻠﳱﻢ ۔ ِ َ‬ ‫ْ‬
‫ِ‬
‫ْ‬ ‫ان‬ ‫ﮬﻢ‬ ‫ؤ‬ ‫ﺟﺰآ‬ ‫ﮏ‬ ‫َ‬ ‫ﻟﺌ‬
‫ِ‬ ‫ٓ‬ ‫ٰ‬ ‫او‬ ‫◌‬ ‫ُ‬ ‫اﺣﺪ۔‬
‫ٌ‬
‫ِ‬ ‫َ‬
‫ﻟﻮ‬ ‫اﻟﻬﮑﻢ‬ ‫ِ‬ ‫ان‬ ‫ِ‬ ‫۔‬ ‫ﺸﻔﲔ‬
‫ِ ِ‬
‫اواﴍ ُ اْ‬‫ﳇﻮ َ ْ َ‬ ‫اﺧﺮی ۔ ُ ُ ْ‬ ‫رۃ ُ ْ ٰ‬ ‫ْ َ َ َْ ٰ ُ ْ َ ْ َ ُ ْ ُ ُ ْ َ ْ َ ُْ ُ ُ ْ َ َ ً‬ ‫ٰ‬ ‫ْ‬ ‫ْ ُ‬
‫ﳔﺮ ﺟﮑﻢ‬ ‫وﻣﳯﺎ ِ‬ ‫ﻓﳱﺎﻧﻌﯿﺪ ﮐﻢ ۔ ِ‬ ‫ِ‬ ‫اﻟﮑﱪی ۔ ِﻣﳯﺎ ﺧﻠﻘﻨﮑﻢ و ِ‬
‫َ‬ ‫ْ‬ ‫َ َ َّ َ َ َ ّ ْ َ َ َ َ َ َ ّ ْ ُ َّ ُ َ ْ ٌ َ ٰ َ َ ْ َ ُ‬ ‫ْ‬ ‫ََ ُْ ُ‬
‫ﺷﻬﯿﺪ ﻣﺎ ﯾﻔﻌﻠﻮن ۔‬ ‫ﻓﻄﻬﺮ ۔ ﺛﻢ ﷲ ِ‬ ‫وﺛﯿﺎﺑﮏ ِ‬ ‫ﻓﮑﱪ ؀ ِ‬ ‫ﴪﻓﻮا ۔ ورﺑﮏ ِ‬ ‫وﻻ ِ‬
‫َ َ َ َ َ َ ًّ َ َ ٰ‬ ‫اﻻرض ْ َ َ َ‬ ‫َ ُ ْ َ ْ َْ ُ‬ ‫ْ‬ ‫ُ‬ ‫ُ ْ َْ َ َُْْ ْ‬
‫زﻟﺰاﻟﻬﺎ۔ ووﺟﺪک ﺿ ٓﺎ◌ ﻻ ﻓﻬﺪی‬ ‫ِ‬ ‫اذازﻟﺰﻟﺖ‬
‫ِ ِ‬ ‫ِ‬ ‫۔‬ ‫ﻟﻌﺮف‬
‫ِ‬ ‫ﺧﺬاﻟﻌﻔﻮواﻣﺮ ِ‬ ‫ِ‬
‫َْ َْْ ُ ْ ََ‬
‫ُ‬ ‫ٓ‬ ‫َ‬ ‫ْ‬
‫ﻻء ﻟ ََﻀﺂ ّ ْ َ‬ ‫ﻫﻢ ﻗَﺎ ُ ْٓ ِ َّ‬ ‫واذ َ َ ْ‬ ‫ﻋﻠﳱﻢ َ َ ّ ِّ ْ َ‬
‫ﻟﻮن‬ ‫ﻫﺆ ٓ ِ‬‫ﻟﻮاان ٰ ُ‬ ‫ْ‬
‫اراو ُ ْ‬ ‫وﻻاﻟﻀﺂﻟﲔ ۔ َ ِ َ‬ ‫اﻟﻤﻐﻀﻮب ِ‬ ‫ِ‬ ‫ﻏﲑ‬
‫ِ‬
‫َ ّ ْٓ‬ ‫ْٓ‬ ‫ٰٓ َ‬
‫◌ﻋﻴ ُ َ‬
‫ﺬﻫﺎ‬ ‫ﺮﻳﻢ و ِ ِاﱏ ُا ِ ْ‬ ‫ﺘﻬﺎ َﻣ ْ َ َ‬ ‫ﺳﻤ ْ ُ َ‬ ‫واﱏْ َ َّ‬‫ّ‬ ‫ﺮﻫﻴﻢ ۔ َ ِ ِ‬ ‫ﺤﺂﺟﻮن ِﰲ ِا ْﺑ ٰ ِ ْ َ‬ ‫ﻟﻢ ُﺗ َ ُّ ْ َ‬ ‫ﳊﺘﺐ ِ َ‬ ‫ْ َﻞ ا ْﻟ ِ ٰ ِ‬ ‫ﻫ‬

‫ﺰﻳﻨﺔ ِانْﻟ َ َ ِ ِ‬
‫ﳊﻮاﮐﺐ‬ ‫اﻟﺴﻤﺂء ُّ ْ َ‬
‫اﻟﺪﻧﻴﺎ ﺑِ ِ ْ َ ِ‬ ‫ا ِ َّ َ َّ َّ‬
‫ﻧﺎزﻳﻨﺎ َّ َ َ‬
‫‪70‬‬
‫‪Qaidah with Urdu & Roman English‬‬ ‫‪Qaidah   Taleem-ul-Qur’aan‬‬
 ‫ ا‬ ‫ہ   اُردو   اور   رو‬   ‫ ا آن‬  ‫ہ‬  

Q) Do zabar ko waqf ki haalat main

          ‫س( دوز    و‬
kistarha padhaingay?
A) Sirf do zabar ko waqaf ki haalat ‫  ؟‬  ‫ح‬
main alif madda main badal kar
padhaingay. Jaise : tawaaban se
 ‫ف دوز    و        ا   ہ‬ (‫ج‬
tawwaba (Do zabar ki halat mein
ً ‫ َ َّ ا‬:         ‫  ل‬
agar alif na ho phir bhi ek alif
          ‫   ا  ا‬     ‫)دوز‬ َ ‫َ َّ ا‬
kheench kar padhengey jaise:
nisaaun se nisaa'aa
ً َِ    
‫ﺴﺎء‬       ‫ا  ا‬
َ َِ
‫ﺴﺎءا‬

‫َﺳ َ ًﺒﺎ‬
‫؁‬ ‫ﺣﺴﻨﺎ‬
‫؁‬ً ْ ُ ‫؁‬
ً ْ ُ
‫ﺬرا‬ ‫؁‬ ً ََْ
‫اﻋﻤﺎﻻ‬ ‫؁‬ ً ‫ُﺿ‬
‫َﺳ َ َﺒﺎ‬
‫؁‬ ‫ﺣﺴﻨﺎ‬
‫؁‬َ ْ ُ ‫؁‬
َ ْ ُ
‫ﺬرا‬ ‫؁‬ َ ََْ
‫اﻋﻤﺎﻻ‬ ‫؁‬ ‫ُﺿ َﺤﺎ‬
Q) Waqaf ki haalat main gool (‫)ة‬
   (‫    ل )ۃ‬     ‫س( و‬
ko kistarha padhaingay?
‫  ؟‬  ‫  ح‬
A) Haalat-e-Waaqaf main gool (‫)ة‬

ko (‫ )ہ‬say badal kar aur (‫)ہ‬

ْ per
   ‫    ل )ۃ(   )ہ(    ل‬ ‫ِ و‬ (‫ج‬
ْ
Jazam laga kar waqaf karenge.  ‫   ۔  ل‬   ‫اور  )   ە (   م      و‬
gool (‫ )ة‬par chahe koyee bhi ‫  ۔‬          (‫)ۃ‬
harkat ho.

‫؁‬ ٌ َ ِ َ
‫ﺧﺎﺷﻌﺔ‬ ‫؁‬ ٌ‫ﻣﺆﺻﺪة‬
َ َ ُْ ‫؁‬ ٌ‫َﻧﺎ ِﻇ َﺮة‬ ‫؁‬ ِ َ ‫َ ْاﻻٰ ِﺧ‬
‫ﺮة‬ ‫؁‬ ً‫ﻗ َُّﻮة‬
‫؁‬ ْ ‫ﺧﺎﺷﻌ‬
َ ِ َ ‫؁‬ ‫ﻣﺆﺻﺪہ‬
ْ َ َ ُْ ‫؁‬ ْ َ ‫َﻧﺎ ِﻇ‬
‫ﺮہ‬ ‫؁‬ ْ َ ‫َ ْاﻻٰ ِﺧ‬
‫ﺮہ‬ ‫؁‬ ‫ُﻮہ‬
ْ َّ ‫ﻗ‬
69
Qaidah with Urdu & Roman English Qaidah   Taleem-ul-Qur’aan
 ‫ ا‬ ‫ہ   اُردو   اور   رو‬   ‫ ا آن‬  ‫ہ‬  

۲۷
Waqf karne ka qaaide ‫ے‬ ‫و‬
Q) Waqaf karna kise kahete hain?
‫  ؟‬       ‫س( و‬
A) Duraan-e-Tilawat saans aur
aawaz dono ko todh kar thair
  ‫ اور آوا  زدو ں    ڑ‬   ‫ج( دورا ِن  وت‬
jane ya ruk jaane ko (‫)وﻗﻒ‬  ‫  ۔‬      ‫  ُ رك     و‬
ْ ْ ِ َّ َ
karna kahete hain. ‫ اﻟﺮﺣﯿﻢ‬ ِ ْ ِ ّ  :
‫اﻟﺮﺣﯿﻢ‬
Jaise: se
Q) Haalat-e-Waqaf main zabar, Zer,
 ‫‘  ا‬   ‫‘  دو  ز  ‘  دو‬  ‘  ‫   ز ‘ ز‬ ‫ِ و‬ (‫س‬
Pesh, Do Zer, do pesh, Khada
‫  ؟‬  ‫      ح‬   ‫ز   اور ا‬
zer aur ulta pesh ko kistarha
padhaingay?  ‫‘  ا‬   ‫‘  دو  ز  ‘  دو‬  ‘  ‫   ز ‘ ز‬ ‫ِ و‬ (‫ج‬
A) Haalat-e-Waqaf main zabar, zer, ‫  ۔‬           ‫ز   اور ا‬
pesh, do zer, do pesh, khadazer
aur ulta pesh ko saakin karke
padhaingay.

‫دو  ز    و‬ ‫   و‬ ‫ز    و‬ ‫ز    و‬

‫ﺟ‬ َ ّ َّ ‫ﻣ‬
‫؁‬ ‫ﻣﺸﻬﻮد‬
ٍ ُْ ْ َ ُ ْ ُ ُ ْ ‫ُﺗ ْﺮ َ ُﻊ‬
‫اﻻﻣﻮر ؁‬ ‫؁‬ َ ْ ‫ِﺑﺎ‬
‫ﻟﻘﻠ َِﻢ‬ ‫رﺑﮏ ؁‬ ِ ‫ِ ْﻦ‬
ْ ّ َّ ْ ِ
‫ﺟ‬
‫ﻣﺸﻬﻮد‬
ْ ُْ ْ َ ْ ْ ُ ُ ْ ‫ُﺗ ْﺮ َ ُﻊ‬
‫اﻻﻣﻮر ؁‬ َ ْ ‫ِﺑﺎ‬
‫ﻟﻘﻠ َْﻢ‬
‫؁‬ ‫؁‬ ‫رﺑﮏ ؁‬ ِ

‫   و‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ و‬ ‫ى ز‬ ‫   و‬   ‫دو‬

‫؁‬ ٗ ‫ﺤﻨ‬
َ ٰ ‫ﺳﺒ‬
ْ ُ ‫؁‬ ٖ ‫ﻃﻌﺎﻣ‬
ِ َ َ ‫؁‬ ٌ ْ ‫َﻣ ْﺮﻗ‬
‫ُﻮم‬
‫؁‬ ْ ‫ﺤﻨ‬
َ ٰ ‫ﺳﺒ‬
ْ ُ ‫؁‬ ْ ‫ﻃﻌﺎﻣ‬
ِ َ َ ‫؁‬ ْ ْ ‫َﻣ ْﺮﻗ‬
‫ُﻮم‬

68
Qaidah with Urdu & Roman English Qaidah   Taleem-ul-Qur’aan
 ‫ ا‬ ‫ہ   اُردو   اور   رو‬   ‫ ا آن‬  ‫ہ‬  

’’‫ ’’ج‬ye alaamat waqf-e-jaaez ki hai

    ‫   ۔  ں ر     اور‬       ‫’’ج‘‘ و‬
yahan rukna behtar our na rukna bhi
jaaez hai. ‫   ۔‬      ‫ر‬

ِْ َ
َ‫ﻗﺒﻠﮏ‬ َّ َ َ َْ َْ ٌ َْ
‫ج‬ ‫ج‬ ‫ﺪو‬
ٌّ ُ َ ‫ج‬ ‫اﻟﻨﺎر‬
ِ ‫ج‬ ‫اﳊﺮث‬ ‫ج‬ ‫ق‬

ِْ َ
ْ‫ﻗﺒﻠﮏ‬ َّ َ
ْ‫اﻟﻨﺎر‬ ْ َْ َْ ْ َْ
‫ج‬ ‫ج‬ ‫ﺪو‬
ّْ ُ َ ‫ج‬ ‫ج‬ ‫اﳊﺮث‬ ‫ج‬ ‫ق‬

Woh Alaamat jahaan na

thaherna chahiye:
‫َﻻ‬ :      ‫  ں‬  ‫وہ‬

‫ز‘ ﺻﻠ ‘ ص‘ق‬
Wo Alaamatein jahaan na
thaherna behtar hai: :        ‫  ں‬ ‫و ہ‬

Yahan par rukna chahiye: ‫ﻗﻒ‬ :     ‫ں      ر‬

Woh Alaamatein jahaan

‫ﺳﮑﺘ ‘ وﻗﻔ‬
        ‫  ں‬ ‫و ہ‬
thaherna to hai lekin saans
nahin todi jaati. :   ‫  ڑى‬  
‫وت    آداب‬
‫۔‬    ‫ اور  ر‬         ‫ِ اد  اُد‬  ‫ش‬       ‫   ر‬  ‫  آن‬
‫   دو ں    ا    اب    ۔‬ ‫ وا‬  ‫ اور‬ ‫    ُ  وا‬     ‫آن ا‬
‫  ا  ہ  ۔‬   ‫   د‬    ‫آن‬
‫ِ  ت  ۔‬        ‫ِ  اب    اور  ر و     اور اس‬  ‫ اور‬  ِ     ‫    آن    وت‬
‫  ۔‬        ‫ناور اُ ے‬
  ‫ و ہو ا‬  ‫  ظ‬      ‫        آن‬   ‫و ہآد‬

67
Qaidah with Urdu & Roman English Qaidah   Taleem-ul-Qur’aan
 ‫ ا‬ ‫ہ   اُردو   اور   رو‬   ‫ ا آن‬  ‫ہ‬  

(Rumooz Auqaf) (‫)ر ز او ف‬

Thaherne aur na Thaherne ki ‫اور‬ ۲۶
alaamatein
"O" Yeh alaamat waqf-e-taam ya
aayat ki hai is par rukna chaahiye.
  ‫  م   آ      اس  ُ ر‬ ‫ و‬    "O"
‫۔‬

‫؁‬ ‫زو ٰﺟ ِﻦ‬

َْ ‫؁‬ ََ
َ ِ ‫ﻓﻨ‬ ‫؁‬‫ﺣﺎﻓﻆ‬
ٌِ َ ‫؁‬‫َﻬﺐ‬
ٍ َ‫ﻟ‬ ‫؁‬‫ُر ُﺳ ِﻞ‬ ‫؁‬ ‫ﮑﻮر‬
ٌ ْ ُ ‫َﺷ‬

‫؁‬ ‫زو ٰﺟ ْﻦ‬

َْ ‫؁‬ ََ
ْ ِ ‫ﻓﻨ‬ ‫؁‬‫ﺣﺎﻓﻆ‬
ِْ َ ‫؁‬‫َﻬﺐ‬
ْ َ‫ﻟ‬ ‫؁‬‫ُر ُﺳ ْﻞ‬ ‫؁‬ ‫ﮑﻮر‬
ْ ْ ُ ‫َﺷ‬
"‫ "م‬Yeh alaamat waqf-e-Laazim ki
  ‫  ۔ اس    ور     ر‬     ‫  زم‬ ‫’’م‘‘  و‬
hai, is par zuroor rukna chaahiye.
‫  ۔‬
ًِ َ َ ْ ِ ِ ُْ ِ َ َ َ ُ ُْ
‫ﺻﺎﳊﺎ م‬ ‫ﲟﺆﻣﻨﲔ م‬ َ ََِْ
‫اوﻟﻴﺂء م‬ ‫واﻟﺪﺗﮏ م‬
ِ ِ ‫ﻣﻠﮏ م‬

َِ َ ْ ْ ِ ِ ُْ ِ ْ َ َ ْ ُْ
‫ﺻﺎﳊﺎم‬ ‫ﲟﺆﻣﻨﲔ م‬ ْ ََِْ
‫اوﻟﻴﺂء م‬ ‫واﻟﺪﺗﮏ م‬
ِ ِ ‫ﻣﻠﮏ م‬
"‫ "ط‬Yeh alaamat waqf-e- Mutlaq ki
hai is per rukna behtar hai.
    ‫  ۔ اس  ُ ر‬       ‫’’ط‘‘  و‬
 ‫۔‬
َُ
َ‫ﮬﺪای‬ ٌ ِْ ْ‫َﻟﻬﻮ‬
ٌ َ ُ ٌُْ
‫ط‬ ‫ط‬ ‫ﻗﺴﻂ‬ ‫ط‬ ‫ط‬ ‫ﮬﻮ‬ ‫ﻏﻠﻒ ط‬

َُ
ْ‫ﮬﺪای‬ ْ ِْ ْ‫َﻟﻬﻮ‬
ْ ْ ُ ُْْ
‫ط‬ ‫ط‬ ‫ﻗﺴﻂ‬ ‫ط‬ ‫ط‬ ‫ﮬﻮ‬ ‫ﻏﻠﻒ ط‬

66
Qaidah with Urdu & Roman English Qaidah   Taleem-ul-Qur’aan
 ‫ ا‬ ‫ہ   اُردو   اور   رو‬   ‫ ا آن‬  ‫ہ‬  

Imaala ‫ا‬ ۲۴

Q) Imaala kisay kahetay hain?

Qur'aan mein kitne jagah Imaala
  ‫   ا‬    ‫   ؟ آن‬     ‫)س( ا‬
hai? ‫؟‬
A) Hazrat Imaam Hafs (RA) ne
Qur'aan main ek muqaam per    ‫ت ا م  ؒ    آن   ا   م‬ (‫ج‬
Imaala kiya hai. Is ko tare ki re َ ْ َ ْ
ki tarha padhaingay. ٖ ِ‫ﺴﻢ ﷲ‬
 (١٢ ‫ﳎﺮﳞﺎ ) رۃ  د  پ‬ ِ ِ     ‫ا‬
‫  ۔‬  ‫اس    رے   رے    ح‬

Huroof-e-Muqatta'aat ‫ت‬ ‫ف‬

  ‫و‬ ۲۵

Huroof-e-Muqatta'aat : Ba'aaz
aisay huroof jo Qur'aan main ba'aaz
   ‫ ا   وف    آن‬  :‫ت‬ ‫ف‬
  ‫و‬
suurtaon ke shuru main aaye hain    ‫  ر  ں    وع   آ     آن‬
Qur'aan mein Jumla (14) hain:
:   ‫  دہ‬

‫ﺣﻢ‬
ٓ ٰ ‫ٓص‬ ‫ٰﻳ ٓﺲ‬ ‫ن‬ ٓ ‫ٓق‬
‫ﺣﺎﻣﻴﻢ‬
ْ ْٓ ِ َ ‫ﺻﺂد‬
ْ َ ْ ْٓ ِ ٰ
‫ﻳﺴﲔ‬ ‫ُﻧﻮن‬
ْ ْٓ ‫َﺂف‬
ْ ‫ﻗ‬

‫اﻟ ٰٓﺮ‬ ‫ا ٓ ّٓﳌ ٓﺺ‬ ‫اﻟﻢ‬

ٓ ّ ٓ ‫ﻋﺴ ٓﻖ ا ٓ ّٓﳌ ٰﺮ‬ ٓ ٓ ‫؁‬ ‫ﺣﻢ‬
ٓ ٰ
‫ﻵم َرا‬ ْ ِ َ‫ا‬
ْ َ ‫ﻟﻒ‬ ‫ﻢﺻﺂد‬
ْ ‫ﻣﻴ‬ ْ ِ َ‫ا‬
ٓ ِ ‫ﻟﻒ َﻵم‬
َ ْ ْ ْ ‫ﻣﻴﻢ‬
ْ ْٓ ِ ‫ﻵم‬ ْ ِ َ‫ا‬
ْ َ ‫ﻟﻒ‬ ‫ﻣﻴﻢ َرا‬
ٓ
ْ ْ ِْ ‫ﻵم‬ َ ‫ﻟﻒ‬
ْ ِ َ ‫ا‬ ‫َﺂف‬
ْ ‫ﻗ‬‫ﺳﲔ‬ ِ ‫ﻋﲔ‬ ‫ﺣﺎﻣﻴﻢ‬
ٓ
ْْ َْْ ْ ْ َ ِ

‫ﮐﻬﻴﻌ ٓﺺ‬
ٰٰٓ ٓٓ ‫ٰﻃ ٓﺲ‬ ‫ﻃﺴﻢ‬
ّٓ ٓ ٰ ٰ ‫ٰﻃ‬
‫ﺻﺂد‬ ٓ
ْ َ ‫ﻋﲔ‬ ْ
ْ ْ َ ‫ﻫﺎﻳﺎ‬
َ َ ‫َﲝف‬
ْ ٓ ِ
‫ﻃﺎﺳﲔ‬
ْ ْ َ ‫ﻣﻴﻢ‬
ْ ْٓ ِ ‫ﻃﺎﺳﻴﻢ‬
ْ ْٓ ِ َ ‫ﻃﺎﻫﺎ‬
َ َ

65
Qaidah with Urdu & Roman English Qaidah   Taleem-ul-Qur’aan
 ‫ ا‬ ‫ہ   اُردو   اور   رو‬   ‫ ا آن‬  ‫ہ‬  

Kuch huroof likhe to jaate hain            ‫ف‬

  ‫  و‬ ۲۲
magar padhe nahin jaate. ‫۔‬  
ْ ُ ْ َ ْ َ ٰ ْ َ
‫ٰﱄ‬ ‫ذوال‬ ‫وال‬ ‫ﻓﺎع‬ ‫دی‬ ‫ﻓﺎد‬   
ٰ ُْ َْ ْ‫َﻓﻊ‬ ٰ َْ
‫ل‬ ‫ذل‬ ‫ول‬ ‫د‬ ‫ﻓﺪ‬   
ْx َ ْ
ُ‫ﻻﰟ‬ َُْ
َ‫ﻟﺘﺘﻠﻮا‬
x xَ ُْ َ ِٖ
ََx َ xَ
ِ‫ﻻ ِاﱄ ﷲ‬
ِ ‫ِﺑ ﺲ‬ ِ ‫ﲦﻮدا‬ ‫ﻣﻼﺋﻪ‬   
ُ‫ﺑ ْ َﺲ ِ ْﻟﺴﻢ‬ َُْ
َ‫ﻟﺘﺘﻠﻮ‬ َ ُْ َ ِٖ
ََ َ َ
ِ‫ِﻻ ﱄ ﷲ‬
ِ ِ ‫ﲦﻮد‬ ‫ﻣﻠﺌﻪ‬   

Anaa ko Ana padhna         ‫َا َ             َ ا َن‬ ۲۳

1) Ana ka alif Halat-e-Wasal (mila
kar padhney) ki surat main
   (     )  ‫ِ  و‬   ‫( َا َ      ا‬١
naheen padha jaayega. Jisko  ‫  آن‬  ‫   ۔‬         ‫رت‬
Qur'aan main alaamat chalipah
(x) ya phir goal halqa (o) say    (o)   ‫(     ل‬x)     
zaher kiya gaya hai. َ َ
َ َ padhaingay      ( ‫      ۔  ں  ف) ان‬
Yahan sirf (‫)ان‬
jaisay. : 

ْ ُ ‫۔وا َ َﻧﺎ َﻟ‬

‫ﳊﻢ۔‬ ُ َّ َ ‫ان ا َ َﻧﺎ اِ َّﻻ ۔ َوا َ َﻧﺎ‬
َ ْ ِ ِ ْ ُ ْ ‫اول ا‬
َ ‫ﻟﻤﺴﻠﻤﲔ‬ ٌ ِ َ ‫وﻻا َ َﻧﺎ‬
ْ ِ ‫ﺎﺑﺪ ۔‬ ْ ُ ُّ‫ا َ َﻧﺎ َرﺑ‬
َ َ ‫ﳊﻢ۔‬
َ
2) Agar ( َ ‫ )ا‬par waqaf (Ruknay ya
  ‫ (    رت‬     ‫  )ر‬ ‫( ا َ ا َ     و‬٢
thairnay) ki surat main is alif ko
hasbe qaaida padha jaayega. ‫۔‬  ‫ہ‬  ِ     ‫  اس ا‬

64
Qaidah with Urdu & Roman English Qaidah   Taleem-ul-Qur’aan
 ‫ ا‬ ‫ہ   اُردو   اور   رو‬   ‫ ا آن‬ ‫ہ‬  

2) Hamza-e-Asli : Aisa hamza jo

    ‫    رت‬ ‫ ا   ہ   و‬:  ‫ٔہ ا‬ (٢
wasal ki surat main kabhi nahi
girta balkey har haalat mein  ‫  ۔‬              
padha jata hai ye hamza
           ‫  ۔‬   ‫          ز  وا‬  ‫  ہ‬
umooman zabar wala hota hai.

ْ ََْ ْ َْ َّ َ َ ْ َ َْ َْ َََْ َْ ََْ

‫واﺧﺮج‬
ِ ‫اﺧﺮج‬
ِ ْ َ ْ َ َ ْ ‫اﻟﺬ‬
َ‫اﻧﻌﻤﺖ‬
ِ ‫اﻧﻌﻤﺖ‬ ‫واﻋﻄﯿﻨﺎ‬ ‫اﻋﻄﯿﻨﺎ‬

Noon-e-Qutni ‫ِن‬ ۲۱

Agar pahlay kalimay ke aaqir main

 ‫ اور دو ے      وع‬     ‫ا        آ‬
tanveen our doosray kalimay ke
shuru main hamza-e-wasali ho to  ‫    ٔہ‬      ‫  ٔہ و    ا  دو ں‬
agar dono ko milakar padhajaaye to
Hamza-e-Wasali gir jaayega.     ‫ دو‬      ‫ہ‬     ‫  ۔‬     ‫و‬
Arabi ka qaaida hai ke jab do saakin
huroof ek jagah jama ho jayein to   ‫ د‬     ‫   ز‬             ‫فا‬  ‫و‬
pahlay saakin ko zer ki harkat day kar ٗ َ ْ ٌ ُْ
ٗ َ ْ ٌ ُْ        ‫اﺑﻨﻪ(  دو ں‬ ِ + ‫) ح‬:   ‫  ۔‬
padheingay jaise. (‫اﺑﻨﻪ‬ ِ + ‫ ) ح‬Dono ko
ٗ َ ْ ْ ُ ُْ
milne se hamza-e-wasali gir gaya. Ab ‫اﺑﻨﻪ (   ۔ )ن اور‬ ‫اب ) ﺣﻦ ۔‬-      ‫ٔہ و‬
ٗ َ ْ ْ ُ ُْ
( ‫اﺑﻨﻪ‬ ‫ ) ﺣﻦ ۔‬hogaya.
       ‫ہ‬           ‫ب( دو ں‬
(‫ )ن اور ب‬dono sakin ho gaye to Arabi
ٗ َ ْ ُ ُْ
qaide ke mutabiq pahlay saakin ko ( ‫ﺑﻨﻪ‬ ‫    ) حا‬     ‫ د‬   ‫   ز‬
zer ki harkat day kar padhajayega to
ٗ َ ْ ُ ُْ
( ‫ﺑﻨﻪ‬ ‫ ) ح ا‬ho ga. Yahi noon-e-qutni hai. ‫  ۔‬  ‫    ِن‬
ْ‫ﲨﯿﻌﺎ۔ َ َّاﻟﺬی‬
ً َِْ ْ‫ﻟﻤﺰۃ ۔ َ َّاﻟﺬی‬
ٍ
َ َ ُ ‫اﻗﱰﻓﺘﻤﻮﮬﺎ‬ ٌ َ َْ
َ ْ ُ ُ ْ َ َ ْ ِ ‫اﻣﻮال ۔‬ ْ‫َﻗﺪ ْ ٌ ۔ َ َّاﻟﺬی‬
ِ ِ ِ ِ
َ
ْ‫ﲨﯿﻌﺎ ا ّﻟﺬی‬
َ َِْ َ
ْ‫ﻟﻤﺰۃ ّاﻟﺬی‬ ََُ َ‫اﻗﱰﻓﺘﻤﻮﮬﺎ‬ ُ َ َْ
ُ ْ َ َ ْ ‫اﻣﻮال‬ َ
ْ‫َﻗﺪ ْ ُ ۔ ّاﻟﺬی‬
ِ ِ ِ ْ ُ ِ ِ
63
Qaidah with Urdu & Roman English Qaidah Taleem-ul-Qur’aan
 ‫ ا‬ ‫ہ   اُردو   اور   رو‬   ‫ ا آن‬ ‫ہ‬  

Saktah (awaaz tute aur Saans na toote) (      ‫ اور‬ ‫ )آوا  ز‬ ۱۹

Q) Saktah ki se kehte hain? Qur'aan
   ‫  ت‬    ‫   ؟ آن‬     (‫)س‬
mein kitne muqamaat per
Saktah hai? ‫  ؟‬
A) Saans ko tode bagair aawaz ko
 ‫    ڑے   آوا  ز  روك  د     م‬ (‫)ج‬
rook dene ka naam saktah hai.
Qur'aan main char muqamaat   ‫ آ‬    ‫  ۔ آن    ر  ت‬
par saktah aaya hai.

َ َ ْ َّ ْ
٢٣‫ﻣﺮﻗﺪ َ   م ٰﮬﺬا  رۃ   پ‬
ِ ِ (٢)                                          ١٥   ‫َﻴﻤﺎ رہ‬ ً َ
ً ِّ ‫(         ِ ﻋﻮﺟﺎ ﻗ‬١) 
ْ
٣٠ ‫ پ‬  ‫ن رہ‬
  َ ‫َ را‬ ‫(        َ ﺑﻞ‬٤)                                          ٢٩   ‫(      َ ْ َرا ٍق  رہ    پ‬٣)

Hamza-e-wasli aur Hamza-e-Asli ‫ٔہ   و  اور  ٔہ ا‬ ۲۰

1) Hamza-e-Wasli: Aisa hamza jo

   (    )  ‫ ا   ہ   و‬:  ‫ٔہ و‬ (١
wasal (milakar padhnay) ki
surat main gir jaaye yeh hamza  (‫ )ال‬  ‫    ہ‬       ‫رت‬
umooman (‫ )ال‬taarifi par yah
‫    ٔہ  ر‬         
phir kisi fail ka hamza-e-aarzi
hota hai. ‫  ۔‬  

ُ َ َ ْ َّ َ ُ َ َ َْ ْ ْ َ
ُ‫ﻓﺎﻟﻌﻠﻢ‬ ْ َْ
ُ‫اﻟﻌﻠﻢ‬ ُ ْ َ ْ َ ُ ْ َ َْ
‫اﻟﻌﻤﻞ‬ ‫ﺛﻢ‬ ‫اﻟﻌﻤﻞ‬ ِ ِ ‫                 اﳊﻤﺪ واﳊﻤﺪ‬:                   (‫)ال‬

َ ْ ‫َﻓﺎ‬
ْ ِ ‫ﻓﻌ‬ َ ْ ِ‫ا‬
ْ ِ ‫ﻓﻌ‬ ْ ُ ُ ‫َﻓﺎ ْﺳ‬
‫ﺠﺪو ا‬ ْ ُ ُ ‫َوا ْﻠ َْﻢ ا ُ ْﺳ‬
‫ﺠﺪوا‬ ‫ اِ ْﻠ َْﻢ‬:  ‫ٔہ  ر‬

62
Qaidah with Urdu & Roman English Qaidah Taleem-ul-Qur’aan
 ‫ ا‬ ‫ہ   اُردو   اور   رو‬   ‫ ا آن‬ ‫ہ‬  

۱۸
Meem-e-Saakin ke Qaaide ‫ے‬
Meem-e-Saakin ke teen qaaide hain
 ‫( اد ِم  ى‬١)      ‫ے  ۔‬        
1) Idgaam-e-Shafawi 2) Ikhfa-e-
shafawi 3) Izhaar-e-Shafawi  ‫( ا ِر  ى‬٣)             ‫( ا ء  ى‬٢)
1) Idghaam-e-shafawi: Agar
meem-e-saakin ke baad dusray
 ‫ ا          دو ے‬: ‫( اد ِم  ى‬١
kalemay may meem    ‫ )م ِم ُم(   اد م‬
َ ‫      ك‬
mutaharrik (‫)م ِم ُم‬
َ hota Idghaam

maa-Al Ghunna hoga isko

‫  ۔‬  ‫ ا  اد ِم  ى‬   ‫ا‬
Idghaam-e-Shafawi Kahtey hain.

َ ُ ْ ُّ ْ ُ َ ْ َُ َ
ْ ِّ ‫ﻣﺎﻟﻬﻢ‬ ْ ُ َ ْ ُّ ‫اﻟﯿﮑﻢ‬
َ‫ﻣﺮﺳﻠﻮن‬ ْ ُ َِْ
َ ْ ُ َ َ ‫َﻬﻢ َّﻣﺎ‬
‫ﻳﺸﲞءون‬ ْ
ْ ُ ‫ﻣﻌﺮ ﺿﻮن ﻟ‬
ِ ‫ﻓﻬﻢ‬
2) Ikhfa-e-shafawi : Agar meem-e-
 ‫     دو ے‬     ‫ ا‬: ‫( ا ء  ى‬٢
Saakin ke baad dusray kalemay
may (‫)ب‬Aajaye to meem ka             ‫   )ب( آ‬
ghunna ka saath ikhfa hoga is
‫  ۔‬  ‫ ا  ا ء  ى‬  ‫ا ء‬
ko Ikhfa-e-Shafawi Kahtey hain.
ْ ْ ِ َْ ُ َ َ َ ُْ َ َ ْ ُ ُْ َْ
ٍَ َ ِ ِ ‫ﻣﳱﻢ‬
‫ﲝﺠﺎرۃ‬ ِ
ْ
‫ﻧﺒﻠﻮﮬﻢ ِﲟﺎﰷ ا واﺛﻘﮑﻢ ِ ٖﺑﻪ‬ ‫َرﺑَّ ُ ْﻢ ﺑِ ِ ْﻢ‬
3) Izhaar-e-Shafawi: Agar meem-e-
saakin ke baad dusray kalemay
 ‫     دو ے‬     ‫  ا‬: ‫( ا ر  ى‬٣
may (‫ )ب م‬ke siwa koe aur  ‫ اور  ف‬   ‫   )ب  اور م(    ا‬
harf hoto meem-e-saakin ko achi
tarha zaher kar key padhangay
       ‫   ا   ح‬     
is ko Izhaar-e-Shafwi kahtey ‫  ۔‬  ‫۔ ا  ا ر  ى‬
hain.
ْ َ َ ‫ﺗﻨﺬرﮬﻢ‬
َ َ ‫اﱂ‬ ْ ُ ْ ْ ُ ‫َ ْام َ ْﱂ‬ ُ ُْ ُْ َ
ْ‫دﯾﻨﮑﻢ‬ ْ َ ْ َ ْ ََ
‫اﱂ ﳒﻌﻞ‬ ‫ﻓﳱﺎ‬ ُْ
َ ْ ِ ‫ﮬﻢ‬ ْ‫َ ْﱂ َ ْﯾﻠ ُﺴﻮا‬
ِ ِ ‫ﻟﮑﻢ‬ ِ
61
Qaidah with Urdu & Roman English Qaidah Taleem-ul-Qur’aan
 ‫ ا‬ ‫ہ   اُردو   اور   رو‬   ‫ ا آن‬ ‫ہ‬  

4) Ikhfa (Chhupana) : Huroof-e-

  ِ ‫(  و‬
   ‫فا ء  رہ‬ ) ‫( ا ء‬٤
Ikhfa pandra Hain ‫)ت۔ث۔ج۔‬
 ‫)ت۔ث۔ج۔ د۔ذ۔ز۔س۔ ش۔‬
(‫د۔ذ۔ز۔س۔ش۔ص۔ض۔ط۔ظ۔ف۔ق۔ک‬
agar noon-e-saakin ya  ‫ص۔ض۔ط۔  ظ۔ ف۔ ق۔ك(  ا   ن‬
tanween ke baad huroof-e-
 ِ ‫      و‬
     ‫فا ء‬   
Ikhfa main say koi harf aa jaaye
to noon-e-saakin ya tanween ki ‫   آوا  ز‬     ‫    ِن‬ ‫  ف آ‬
aawaz ko chhupa kar
padhaingay isko ikhfa kahetay ‫  ۔‬  ‫  ۔ ا  ا ء‬      
hain.

َٗ َ َ ْ َ ََُ ْ َ
ْ‫ﺛﻘﻠﺖ‬ َ ْ ُ َ ُْ ٍْ َ ْ ِ
‫دﺧﻠﻪ‬ ْ َ ‫َﻓﺎَ ْﻧ‬
ْ ُ ٰ ‫ﺠﻴ‬
‫ﳏ‬ ‫ﺗﻨﴫون‬ ‫ﳽء‬

ُ‫ﻣﻨﺬر‬ َ َْ
ْ ُ ‫اﻧﺖ‬ َ‫َا ْ َ ْﻟﻨﺎ‬ ُ ْ ََْ
ْ‫واﻧﺬرﱒ‬ ْ ُ ُ َْ
َ‫ﯾﻨﻈﺮون‬ ‫ﻃﲔ‬ِْ ْ ِ
ِ ِ ٍ
ِْ ًِ َ
َ‫ﺧﺎﻟﺪاﻓﳱﺎ‬ ِْ ِ ‫َ ْ َﺳ‬ ْ َ ْ َ َ‫ﰷﺗ ِ ْﲔ‬َ ً َ ْ ُ ُ ْ ُُ ًَ َ
ٖ‫ﯿﻠﻪ‬ ‫ﺿﯿﻒ‬
ِ ِ ‫ﻻﮬﯿﺔ ﻗﻠﻮﲠﻢ ِﮐﺮاﻣﺎ‬ ِ

     ( )‫ف‬
  ‫ اور  و‬  ‫ ا   ِن‬:‫ٹ‬
Note: Agar noon-e-saakin aur huroof
( ) main say koi harf ek hi kalmay        ‫  ف ا         اد م‬
main ho to Idgham na hooga balkey ْ َ ْ ‫دﻧﯿﺎ ۔ ُﺑ‬
‫ﯿﺎن ۔‬ َُْ :       ‫ا ر‬
Izhar kiya jaayega. Quraan main is
   ‫ﺻﻨﻮان ۔  آن   اس      ر‬ َ ْ ِ ‫ﻗﻨﻮان ۔‬
َِْ
qisam ke chaar hi kalimay hain.
(  

60
Qaidah with Urdu & Roman English Qaidah Taleem-ul-Qur’aan
 ‫ ا‬ ‫ہ   اُردو   اور   رو‬   ‫ ا آن‬ ‫ہ‬  

‫ل‬ Idgaam bilaghunnah ‫ر‬ ‫اد م‬

ٗ َ ّ ٌّ ُ ٗ َّ ْ ُ َ َ‫رﺑﮏ‬ّ َّ ْ ِ ٰ ْ َ ْ ُ ٰ َّ ْ َ
‫ان راە اﺳ ﻐﲎ‬
‫ﰻ ﻟﻪ‬ ‫ﯾﮑﻦ ﻟﻪ‬ ِ
َّ َ ِ َّ ْ َ َّ
‫ﻟﱭ‬ َ ْ ِ ُ ْ ُ َّ ْ ِ ‫راﺿﯿﺔ‬
َ َ ْ
ٍ َ ِ ّ ‫ﺸﺔ‬ٍ ‫ِﻋ‬ ‫ِاﻻ رﰘ‬
ٍ ‫ﻟﺪﻧﻪ‬
ُ َّ ً ْ
ْ‫رزﻗﺎﻟﮑﻢ‬ ْ‫ﻟﮑﻢ‬ُ َّ ّ ُ ُ ْ ُ َّ ٌ َّ َ ُ ٌ ُْ َ
ْ ِ َّ ‫رءوف‬
ٌ‫رﺣﯿﻢ‬
ِ ‫اف‬
ٍ ِ‫ﳏﻤﺪ رﺳﻮل ﷲ‬
3) Iqlaab ya qalb (ek haraf ko
 ‫ )ا   ف   دو ے  ف‬    ‫( ا ب‬٣
doseray harf se badalna) agar
noon-e-saakin ya tanween ke   ‫     ا‬     ‫  ( ا   ن‬
baad ek harf (‫ )ب‬aajaye to
‫   آوا  ز‬     ‫    ن‬ ‫ف ’ب‘ آ‬
noon-e-saakin ya tanween ki
aawaz ko (‫ )م‬se badal kar              ‫ ’م‘    ل‬
ghunnah ke saath padhaingay.
‫  ۔‬      ‫ا  ا ب‬
Isko Iqlaab ya qalb kahetay hai.

ٌْ ُ َ َْ
ْ‫ﺑﺬﻧﳢﻢ‬ ٌْ َ
ٌ ْ ِ َ ‫ﲰﯿﻊ‬ ٌْ ٌَ ْ َ
َ‫رﺳﻮل ِﲟﺎ‬
ِِ ِ ‫ﺑﺼﲑ‬ ِ ‫ﺧﺒﲑﺑﻤﺎ‬
ٌَِْ َِ ‫ﺑﻌﯿﺪ‬
ِ ‫رﺟﻊ‬
َْ ْ
َ‫ﺑﻘﻠﻬﺎ‬ َ َ ْ َ ْ ُّ ْ َ ْ ِ ‫ﮐﺮام َ َ َرۃ‬
ِ ِ ‫ِﲞﻞ‬ ‫اﻟﺼﻠﺐ‬
ِ ‫ﺑﲔ‬
ِ ٍ ٍ َِ
ْ‫َ ْﯾﺪی‬ َّ َ ُ
َ‫ﻣﻄﻬﺮۃ‬ َ َّ ً َ ْ َ َ
َ َ ِ ‫ا َ ْﻧ‬
ِ‫ﻴﺂءﷲ‬ ِ ِ ٍ ‫ﻟﻨﺎﺻﯿ ِﺔ‬
ِ ِ ‫ﻟ ﺴﻔﻌﺎ‬
َْ ٌ َ َْ
‫ﺠﻨﺐ‬
ِ ْ َ ‫ِﺑﺎ ْﻟ‬ ‫◌ﺣﻴﺂء‬
ٌ َ ْ ‫اﻣﻮات ﺑﻞ َا‬ ٖ ‫ﺮﺑ‬ َ َّ َ
ِ ٍ ‫اول َﲝ ِﻓ‬
59
Qaidah with Urdu & Roman English Qaidah Taleem-ul-Qur’aan
 ‫ ا‬ ‫ہ   اُردو   اور   رو‬   ‫ ا آن‬ ‫ہ‬  

2) Idghaam (Milana) : Idghaam ki

do qismain hain.
    ‫ اد م   دو‬: ( ) ‫( اد م‬٢
1) Idghaam ma-al-ghunnah  (   ّ
    ) ‫ اﻟﻐﻨﻪ‬  ‫( اد م‬١ )
(Gunnah ke saath milana)
2) Idghaam bila ghunnah    ‫(  اد م    )     ( ا   ن‬٢)
(Bagair gunnah milana) agar َُ َ
   (‫ف) ﻣﻠﻮن‬   ‫       )   و‬
noon-e-saakin ya tanveen ke
ُ
baad (6 huroof) (‫ ) َ َﻣﻠﻮن‬main  ( )    ‫   اد م‬ ‫  ف آ‬  
say koi harf aajaye to idghaam
hogo. ( ) In char huroof ‫۔‬   ‫ف  اد م   ا‬
  ‫ان  ر  و‬
main idghaam ma-al-ghunna ‫۔‬    ‫ )ل اور     ر(      اد م‬
hoga (‫ )ل اور ر‬main idghaam bila
ghunnah hoga.

Idgaam ma alghunnah ‫ا‬ ‫اد م‬

‫و‬ ‫ی‬
ً َّ ً ٰ ٌ ْ ُ َّ ٌ ْ َ ٰ ْ ُّ ْ َ ْ َ ْ َّ ْ َ
‫اﻟﻬﺎواﺣﺪا‬
ِ ِ ‫رﺣﯿﻢ ودود‬ ِ ‫ان ﰏ‬ ‫ﯾﻌﻤﻞ‬
َ ُّ ْ َ َ ْ َّ ‫ﻋﯿﻨﺎ‬
ًَْ َّ ْ ِ
َ َّ ‫ِﻣ ْﻦ‬
‫ورآﺋِ ِ ْﻢ‬ ‫وﻋﺪ‬
ِ ُ‫ﴩب‬ ‫ٍم‬ ْ

َ
‫ن‬ ‫م‬
ّ‫ِ ْ ّ ِﻧﱮ‬ ْ َّ ً ْ ُ
ْ‫راﳖﺪی‬
ِ
َ ُ ْ ِّ ‫َ ج‬
‫ﻣﳯﻤﺎ‬ ْ َّ ْ َ
ٍ ٍ
َ‫ﻧﮑﺚ‬َ َّ ْ َ َ َ ْ ‫ﻧﴫ‬ّٰ ْ ُ ّْ ٌْ َ
‫ﳁﻦ‬ ِِ ِ ‫ﻣﻨﻪ‬ِ ‫ﺧﲑ‬ ً ْ ِ َ ْ ُّ ً َ ‫ِﺻ‬
‫ﺮاﻃﺎﻣﺴﺘﻘﻴﻤﺎ‬
58
Qaidah with Urdu & Roman English Qaidah Taleem-ul-Qur’aan
 ‫ ا‬ ‫ہ   اُردو   اور   رو‬   ‫ ا آن‬ ‫ہ‬  

۱۷
Noon-e-saakin ya tanveen ‫ے‬        ِ ‫ن‬
ke qaaiday
Q) Noon-e-saakin ya tanween ke
‫ے  ؟‬           ‫س( ِن‬
kiteney qaaiday hain?
A) Noon-e-sakin ya tanveen ke ‫ے    ۔‬  ‫    ر‬     ‫ج( ِن‬
chaar qaida hai. 1) Izhaar 2)
‫( ا ء‬٤      ‫(  ا ب‬٣  ‫( اد م‬٢  ‫( ا ر‬١
Idghaam 3) Iqlaab ya Qalb 4) Ikhfa

1) Izhaar (Zaher Karna) Agar noon-

        ‫  ( ا   ِن‬ ) ‫( ا ر‬١
e-saakin ya tanween ke baad
huroof-e-Halqi (‫)ء۔ە۔ع۔ح۔غ۔خ‬    (‫ )ء۔ھ۔ع۔ح۔غ۔خ‬ ‫ف‬
  ‫  و‬
main se koi harf aajaaye to         ‫    ِن‬ ‫  ف آ‬  
noon-e-saakin ya tanween ko
    ) ‫  ۔‬      ‫ا   ح‬
achi tarha zaher kar kay padhain
gay (Ghunnah nahin hoga) Isko ‫  ۔‬  ‫ (ا  ا ر‬
Izhaar kahaytein hain.

ُ َ َ َِْ ْ ِ ََْٗ ْ ََ ٌَ َ ٌ َ َ ْ ََ ً ْ َ
ْ
َ ِ ‫ﳁﻦ ﻋ‬ ِ‫اﺧﯿﻪ‬ ‫و ﺣﻮﻟﻪ‬ ‫ﺣﺎﻣﯿﺔ‬
ِ ‫ر‬ ‫ﻃﲑاا ِﺑﯿﻞ‬
َ ٌ ْ َ ٌ َ َ ٌْ َ ٌ ْ َ َ َْ َ َ َْ َ ِ َ ‫ﻟﻤﻦ‬
ْ َِ
ٍ ْ ِ
‫ﮬﺎد‬ ‫ﻏﻠﯿﻆ‬ِ ‫ﺧﺒﲑ ﻋﺬاب‬ ِ ‫ﻋﻠﯿﻢ‬ِ ‫ﻣﺌﺬ ﻋﻠﳱﺎ‬
ٍ ِ ‫ﺧﴙ‬
َٰ ً ْ َ ْ َ ْ
ِ
‫ﻓﺮﯾﻘﺎﮬﺪی‬ ِ ‫ﻏﲑە‬
ِٖ
    ‫ں‬     ‫  ّز‬   ‫ ز‬ ‫وہ‬

(ؒ ‫ ا ل‬ )    ‫  آں‬ ِ  
‫رك‬   ‫  ار‬   ‫اور‬
57
Qaidah with Urdu & Roman English Qaidah Taleem-ul-Qur’aan
 ‫ ا‬ ‫ہ   اُردو   اور   رو‬   ‫ ا آن‬ ‫ہ‬  

2) Agar pahlay kalimay ke aaqir

ِ     ‫( ا        آ‬٢
 ‫ف  اور‬
main harf-e-mad aur dusray           ‫دو ے        ف  ہ‬
kalemay ka pahela harf hamza
        ‫  ۔ اس   دو  ا‬
hoto mad-e-jaaiz ya munfasil
ََٰٓ
hoga is ko 2 do alif kheench kar         ‫ﮐﻤﺎ ا َ َ ( آن   ا‬ )
padhain gay.
‫  ۔‬  
َُْ
ٰ‫ﻓﺘﻮ ُ ْٓ اِاﱄ‬ َ‫ﻗﺎﻟﻮا ِ َّاﳕﺎ‬ ْ ِ َ ْ َ ٓ ٰ َ ‫َو‬
ْٓ ُ َ ‫اﺑﺼﺎرﮬﻢ‬
ِ َ َََٓ َ ُ َّ ِ ‫اﻻ‬
ْ‫اﳖﻢ‬ ٓ ََ
۲ ۱ ۲ ۱ ۲ ۱
‫ﻣﺎذااراد‬
۲ ۱ ۲ ۱
3) Agar harf-e-mad ke baad wale
  ‫  ف   و‬ ِ   ‫( ا‬٣
‫ف       وا‬
harf par waqf ki wajeh se
sukoon-e-aarzi lagayeen to mad-   ‫    ِ  رض‬   ‫ و     ِن  ر‬
e-aariz hoga isko (3,2,1) teen ya      ( ‫ ۔  ا  )    دو  ا  ا‬
do ya ek alif kheench kar َ ِ ْ َ ‫اﻟﮑﺘﺎب‬
ْ‫اﻟﮑﺘﺎب‬ ُ َ ِ َْ    
padhaingey.

ْ ْ ُ ُْ َ ُْ ُْ ْ َ ْ ُْ َ َ ْ ُْ َ
‫ﻣﻔﻠﺤﻮن؁‬ِ ‫ﻣﻔﻠﺤﻮن؁‬
ِ ‫ﴎﯾﻊ اﳊِﺴﺎب؁‬ِ ‫ِﺴﺎب؁‬
ِ ‫ﴎﯾﻊ اﳊ‬ ِ
4) Agar ek hi kalimay main harf-e-
      ‫    ن ا‬ ِ ‫( ا  ا         ف‬٤
mad ke baad sukoon-e-asli ho to mad-
e-laazim hoga isko teen alif kheench  ‫  ۔‬       ‫ ا‬   ‫ ا‬   ‫  زم‬
ُ ٓ ْ َ ٓ
kar padhaingay. Wasal wa waqaf har      )  ‫ و و‬  ‫ )ن ۔ ْ ْن(  و‬  (‫ )ص ۔ ﺻﺎد‬: 
do halatoun mein teen alif kheench kar ‫  ۔‬       ‫  ا‬    ‫ں‬ ‫(  دو‬   ‫رك‬
padhaingay.

‫َﺿﺂ ًّﻻ‬ ‫ﻔﺖ‬ ٰٓ

ِ ّٰ ‫واﻟﺼ‬ َ ْ ُّ َ ‫ٰ ٓا ْ ٰﻟﺌ َﻦ‬ ‫ٰﻳ ٓﺲ‬
ّ َ ‫ﺣﺂﺟﻮک‬
‫ﺿﺂل ًﻻ‬
ْ َ ‫ﻓﺎت‬ ْ َ ‫َوا ﻟ ْﺺ‬
ِ َ ‫ﺻﺂف‬ َ ْ ُ ‫َﺣﺎْج‬
‫ﺟﻮک‬ ‫َءآ ﻟ ْٰﺌ َﻦ‬ ‫ﻳﺎﺳﲔ‬
ْ ْ ِ َ
56
Qaidah with Urdu & Roman English Qaidah Taleem-ul-Qur’aan
 ‫ ا‬ ‫ہ   اُردو   اور   رو‬   ‫ ا آن‬ ‫ہ‬  

Mad ka bayaan ‫ن‬ ۱۶

 ِ    ‫   ِط‬/ ‫ف‬
  ‫و‬
(2) (1)
Sabab-e-Madd Huroof-e-Madd/Yaa shart-e-Madd

(‫)و ۔ ا۔ ی‬
(ُ‫ء         َا ۔ا ِ ۔ا‬
‫ن‬ Sukoon
   ‫م‬           ‫)ء            ۔‬
    ‫ہ  ا‬   ‫ہ ا‬
Tasdeed ya Jazm
Mad

 ‫    ر‬  ِ ‫ ا‬
Madd-e-Asli
Madd-e-Faree ki char qismain
‫ﻧﻮ ۔ ِ ْ ۔ َﻫﺎ‬
ُْ

‫زم‬ ‫رض‬ ِ َ ُْ   ِ َّ ُ     ‫ وا‬

Madd-e-Laazim Madd-e-Aariz Madd-e-Jaayez Madd-e-wajid
ْ ْ َ ْٰ ya Munfasil ya muttasil
ْ ْ ّ ِ َّ
‫اﻟﻀﺂﻟﲔ‬ ‫اﻟﻌﻠﻤﲔ ؁‬
ِ َ َ َٓ
‫ ا‬   ‫    دو    ا  ا‬ ‫ِاذا َاراد‬ ‫ﺟﺂء‬
َ َ ‫) ا  ر‬
Teen alif Teen ya do ya Ek alif Do Alif ‫دو  ا‬  
Do Alif ‫ار(  دو  ا‬    

Jis alif say pahley zabar ho ya saakin

 ‫     ز    ۔‬    ‫ ا      ز   ۔‬
se pahley zer ho our wao saakin se
pahley paish hoto madde asli hoga. ‫۔‬   ‫       ا‬       ‫وا  و‬

1) Agar ek hi kalimay main harf-e- ِ         ‫( ا  ا‬١

     ‫ف        ہ‬
mad ke baad hamza asli shakal
main ho to mad-e-wajib ya       ‫ ا دو  ا‬      ‫ِ وا‬
muttasil hoga. Isko 2 do alif
ٌ َٓ َ :    
 ‫ )ﺳﻮاء( آن‬
kheench kar padhaingay.
‫ ا   ے          ۔‬
‫َو ِ ْٓ َء‬ ‫ﺟﺂء‬
َ َ ُ ْٓ ُّ َ ‫ا‬
‫ﻟﻄﻮء‬ ‫ﺷﲞء‬
َ َ ُ َ َّ َ ‫ا‬
‫ﻟﺴﻤﺂء‬
55
Qaidah with Urdu & Roman English Qaidah Taleem-ul-Qur’aan
 ‫ ا‬ ‫ہ   اُردو   اور   رو‬   ‫ ا آن‬ ‫ہ‬  

5) Tashdeed wali ra par zabar ya

pesh ho to pur mota aur zer ho
 ‫   ) (   اور‬     ‫ وا  )ر(   ز‬ (٥
to baareek padha jayega.  ‫  ۔‬     ‫ز    ر‬

َُّ
ُ‫ﲢﺮم‬ ُّ
ِ
َّ
ِ
ِ
6) Ra sakin say pahley yaa-e-sakina
  ‫ )ی(     را‬ْ         ‫(  را‬٦
ْ ho to ra ko bareek padhaingay.
(‫)ی‬
ْ ْ َ ‫ﺧﲑ ۔‬
ْ ْ ِ َ ‫ﻏﲑ ۔‬
‫ﻋﺴﲑ‬ ْْ َ ‫    ۔‬
Jaisay ‫ﻋﺴﲑ‬ ْ ْ َ ‫ﺧﲑ ۔‬
ْ ْ ِ َ ‫ﻏﲑ ۔‬ ْْ َ   ‫ر‬

Note : Ra sakin say pahley zer asli

 ‫ را      ۔ِ ز  ا  اور      ف‬:‫ٹ‬
َ َّ َ ْ ّ ُ َ
aur baad mein hurf mustaaliya isi ‫ﺗﺼﻌﺮ ﺧﺪک ۔‬ ِ ِ ‫  ا           ﻻ‬
kalme mein na ho Jaise: La tusier, َ َ ْ َ ‫اﻧﺬر‬
    ‫ﻗﻮﻣﮏ   ر‬ ْ َْ
Khaddaka, Anzir, qaumaka to
      ِ
baarik hi padhaingay kunkey doosray ‫  ۔ )خ ۔ غ ۔ ق ۔‬  ‫دو ے      ف‬
kalime main huroof mustaaliya hai.
(‫ص ۔ ض ۔ ط ۔ ظ‬
(‫)خ ۔ غ ۔ ق ۔ ص ۔ ض ۔ ط ۔ ظ‬

َ َ ُ
Exemption ‫ِ ت‬
1) Baarik aur mota padhna dona
   ‫ دو ں و  ہ‬ ْ ِ (١)
   ‫  ر  اور‬: ‫ﻓﺮ ٍق‬
jaayez hai laikin baarik padhna
behtar hai. ‫    ۔‬   ‫ ر‬
 ‫۔‬
2) Baarik padhna behtar hai. ْ ْ َْ
‫  ر       ۔‬: ‫اﻟﻘﻄﺮ‬ ِ (٢)
3) Mota aur baarik padhna jaayez
ْ ْ ْ ُ ُ ُْ
hai laikin mota padhna behtar  ‫   اور  ر  دو ں و ہ‬: ‫اﻣﴫ‬ ِ ‫( اد ﺧﻠﻮ‬٣)
hai.
‫    ۔‬      ‫۔‬  

54
Qaidah with Urdu & Roman English Qaidah Taleem-ul-Qur’aan
 ‫ ا‬ ‫ہ   اُردو   اور   رو‬   ‫ ا آن‬ ‫ہ‬  

Raa ke Qaaide ‫ے‬ ‫را‬ ۱۵

ْ َّ ُ َّ َ ُ
‫ ۔‬ َ                               ( 
  ‫ )ﻣﺮﻗﻖ(  ٰ  ر‬   )   ‫  ﻣﻔﺨﻢ‬
ٰ  ( ‫)را‬
1) Jis Ra par zabar ya pesh ho to
pur mota aur agar zer ho to
  ‫     ) (   اور ا  ز‬     ‫ )ر(   ز‬  (١
baarik padha jaaye ga. ‫  ۔‬     ‫ ر‬
ٌ َ ََُ ََْ
َ‫رزﻗﻨﺎ‬
‫ِرﺟﺎل‬ ‫رﲟﺎ‬
2) Jis ra par do zabar ya do pesh
hoto pur mota our agar do zer
 ‫     ) (   اور‬   ‫ )ر(   دوز    دو‬  (2
ho to baarik padha jaaye ga. ‫  ۔‬   ‫ا  دو  ز     ر‬
َ َ ْ ٌْ َ ًْ َ
‫ﺳﻔﺮ‬
ٍ ‫ِﰲ‬ ‫ﺧﺒﲑ‬ِ ‫ﺧﲑا‬
3) Agar ra sakin ho aur is se
pahelay key harf par zabar ya
   ‫   اور اس        ف‬  (‫( ا  )ر‬٣
pesh ho to pur mota aur zer ho   ‫     ) (   اورز     ر‬    ‫ز‬
to baarik padha jaaye ga.
‫  ۔‬
َ َْ ِْ ُْٰ
ٌ‫ﻗﺮان‬ ْ َ َْ
َ‫ارﺳﻠﻨﺎ‬
‫ﻓﺮﻋﻮن‬
4) Agar ra saakin ho aur is say
   ‫   اور اس        ف‬  (‫( ا  )ر‬٤
pahelay ka harf bhi saakin ho
aur issay pahelay key harf par     ‫   اور اس        ف   ز‬
zabar ya pesh hoto pur mota our
    ‫     ) (   اور ز       ر‬
zer ho to baareek padha
‫  ۔‬
jaayega.
ْ
ْ‫ذﮐﺮ‬ ْ ْ ُ ْْ َ
ِ ‫ﺧﴪ‬ ‫ﺻﱪ‬
53
Qaidah with Urdu & Roman English Qaidah Taleem-ul-Qur’aan
 ‫ ا‬ ‫ہ   اُردو   اور   رو‬ ‫ ‬ ‫ ا آن‬ ‫ہ‬ ‫ ‬

‫و دا ب ‬ ‫َْ ُُ‬

‫ﯾﻨﴬ‬ ‫ﻧﴬَ‬‫َ َ‬ ‫َُْ‬
‫ﯾﲋرُ‬ ‫َ َ رَ‬
‫ ى ‬
‫ُْ َُ‬
‫ﯾﻨﴬ‬ ‫ﻧﴬَ‬ ‫ُ‬ ‫َُْ‬
‫ﯾﲋرُ‬ ‫ِ َر‬
‫ُ‬
‫ِ‬
‫ُ َ ِّ ُ‬
‫ﯾﻨﴬ‬
‫َ َّ‬
‫ﻧﴬَ‬ ‫َُّ‬
‫ﯾﲋرُ‬
‫ِ‬ ‫َ َّ رَ‬

‫َْ َ ُ‬ ‫ََ َ‬ ‫َ ْ َﻓﺰُ‬ ‫ََ‬

‫رﻓﺰَ‬
‫ﻓﺾ‬ ‫رﻓﺾ‬ ‫ر‬
‫َ َْ َ ْ‬ ‫َْ ْ‬ ‫َﻻ َ ْ َﻓﺰْ‬ ‫َْ‬
‫ارﻓﺰْ‬
‫ﻻ ﻓﺾ‬ ‫ِارﻓﺾ‬ ‫ت۔ط‬‫ِ‬
‫َ ُّ‬ ‫َ َّ‬ ‫َ ُّ‬ ‫َ َّ‬
‫ﯾﻔﺾ‬ ‫ِ‬ ‫ﻓﺾ‬ ‫ﯾﻔﺰ‬‫ِ‬ ‫ﻓﺰ‬
‫َ ٌ‬ ‫َ ٌ‬ ‫َ ً‬ ‫َ ً‬
‫راﻓﺾ‬
‫ِ‬ ‫راﻓﺰ‬
‫ِ‬ ‫َ ٍِ‬
‫راﻓﺾ‬ ‫َ ٍِ‬
‫راﻓﺰ‬ ‫راﻓﻀﺎ‬
‫ِ‬ ‫راﻓﺰا‬
‫ِ‬
‫ ‬ ‫ ‬ ‫َ ٌِْ‬ ‫گ  ‬
‫آ  ‬ ‫َ ٌِْ‬ ‫َ ٌّ‬ ‫َ ٌّ‬
‫ر‬ ‫ﺿﻔﲑ‬ ‫آوا  ز  ‬
‫وہ ‬
‫زﻓﲑ‬ ‫ ‬ ‫اہ ‬
‫وا‬ ‫ﺿﺎل‬
‫ وا‬
‫زال‬
‫ہ ‬ ‫را ز‬ ‫ٌَِْ‬ ‫َ ٌِْ‬ ‫َ َ ُّ ٌ‬ ‫َ َ ُّ ٌ‬
‫ل‬ ‫ﲷﲑ‬ ‫ ‬ ‫زﻣﲑ‬ ‫ذ  ‬ ‫ﺗﴬع‬ ‫ى    ف ‬
‫ى ‬ ‫رع‬
‫ْ‬
‫ﻟﻢ‬ ‫ﺾ َّ‬
‫اﻟﻈﺎ ِ ُ‬ ‫ﻳﻌ ُّ‬
‫ﻳﻮم َ ُ‬
‫َ‬
‫ﻇﻬ َﺮک ۔ َ ْ َ‬ ‫ﺾَ ْ‬ ‫ﻧﻘ َ‬ ‫ﺿﻴ ٰﺰی ۔ ا َ ْ َ‬ ‫اذ ِ ْ َ ٌ‬
‫اﻗﺴﻤﺔ ِ ْ‬
‫َ‬
‫ِﺗﻠﮏ ِ ً‬
‫ﻇﻬﲑا ۔‬‫ﻟﺒﻌ ٍﺾ َ ِ ْ ً‬ ‫ﺑﻌﻀﻬﻢ ِ َ ْ‬
‫ﲝن ۔ َ ْ ُ ُ ْ‬ ‫ﺮﻓﻬﺎ ۔ َو َ ْﻟﻮ َ َ‬ ‫اﻻرض ُز ْﺧ ُ َ َ‬
‫اﺧﺬت ْ َ ْ ُ‬‫َ َ َ ِ‬
‫ﻳﻮﻣﺌﺬ‬
‫ﻟﻬﻢ۔ َ ْ َ ِ ٍ‬‫اﻋﻤﺎ َ ُ ْ‬ ‫َﻬﻢ َّ ْ َ ُ‬
‫اﻟﺸﻴﻄﺎن َ ْ َ‬ ‫واذز ّﻳَ َﻦ ﻟ ُ ُ‬
‫اﻻرض ۔ َ ِ ْ َ‬ ‫َﻠﻨﺎ ِﰱ ْ َ ْ ِ‬ ‫َِ َ َ‬
‫ااذاﺿﻠ ْ َ‬
‫َ ُ‬
‫زرﻗًﺎ ۔ وﷲ َﻋ ِﺰ ْﻳ ٌﺰ ۔ َ َ َّ ِّ َْ‬
‫وﻻاﻟﻀﺂﻟﲔ‬ ‫ُْ‬
‫‪52‬‬
‫‪Qaidah with Urdu & Roman English‬‬ ‫‪ Qaidah Taleem-ul-Qur’aan‬‬
 ‫ ا‬ ‫ہ   اُردو   اور   رو‬ ‫ ‬ ‫ ا آن‬ ‫ہ‬ ‫ ‬

‫َ ٌ‬ ‫َ ٌ‬ ‫َ ً‬ ‫َ ً‬
‫واﻗﻆ‬
‫ِ‬ ‫واﻗﺬ‬
‫ِ‬ ‫َ ٍِ‬
‫واﻗﻆ‬ ‫َ ٍِ‬
‫واﻗﺬ‬ ‫واﻗﻈﺎ‬
‫ِ‬ ‫واﻗﺬا‬
‫ِ‬
‫َ ٌّ‬ ‫َ ٌّ‬
‫ب ‬ ‫َ ْ‬
‫ﻇﻔﲑٌ‬ ‫َ ْ‬
‫ذﻓﲑٌ‬ ‫ﻇﺎل‬ ‫ذال‬
‫ وا‬ ‫ِ‬ ‫ وا  ‬ ‫ِ‬ ‫رادن  ‬
‫ر  وا‬
‫ ‬ ‫ذ  ‬
‫وا‬
‫ٌّ‬ ‫ٌّ‬ ‫َ ْ ٌ‬ ‫َْ ٌ‬
‫ِﻇﻞ‬ ‫ ‬ ‫ِذل‬ ‫دا    ‬ ‫ﻇﺮف‬ ‫ ‬ ‫آ‬ ‫ذرف‬

‫اذ َّ َ َ ّ ِ ْ ُ‬
‫ﻇﻬﺮاﻟﺬﮐﺮ ِ َ‬ ‫ْ‬ ‫ْ‬ ‫ْ َّ َ ْ ُ ْ َ ْ ُ َ ُ‬ ‫ْ‬ ‫ُ‬ ‫َ‬
‫وﻟﻮاﳖﻢ ِاذﻇﻠﻤﻮااﻧﻔﺴﻬﻢ ۔ ِاذﻇﻠﻤﺘﻢ اﻧﻔﺴﮑﻢ ۔ ِ‬
‫َ َ ْ َ َّ ُ ْ ْ َ َ ُ ْ َ ْ ُ‬
‫َ َّ َّ ُ ُ ْ‬ ‫َّ‬
‫اﻟﻈﺎﱂ ِ ِ ِ‬
‫ﺑﻈﻠﻤﻪ‬ ‫ِ‬ ‫اﻟﺬاﮐﺮ ۔ ذل‬
‫ِِ‬
‫ز‬ ‫‪Yeh harf zaban ki nook ko‬‬
‫‪neechay ke dantaoun ke ooperi‬‬
‫   دا ں ‬ ‫ز         ف ز ن    ك ‬
‫‪hisse ko laganey say nikalta hai.‬‬ ‫      ۔‬ ‫ او ى     ‬
‫ض‬ ‫‪Yeh harf zabaan ke baayeen‬‬
‫ ‬ ‫ ‬ ‫  رے   ‬ ‫ض   ف ز ن   ‬
‫‪kinarah ko baayen janib opar ke‬‬
‫‪dadhoun ko laganey se nikalta‬‬
‫      ۔ ‬ ‫او    داڑ ں   ‬

‫ُ ْ‬ ‫ُْ‬ ‫ْ‬ ‫ْ‬ ‫َ ْ‬

‫اض‬ ‫ِاض ‪ +‬از‬ ‫اض ‪ِ +‬از‬ ‫َْ‬
‫از‬

‫ ‬ ‫َ ْ َُ‬
‫ﯾﻀﻬﺮ‬ ‫َ ََ‬
‫ﺿﻬﺮ‬ ‫آد  ‬ ‫َْ َُ‬
‫ﮬﺮ‬ ‫َ َ‬
‫زﮬﺮَ‬
‫   رو‬ ‫  رو  ‬
‫ُ ْ َُ‬
‫ﯾﻀﻬﺮ‬ ‫ُ َ‬
‫ﺿﻬﺮ‬ ‫ُْ َُ‬
‫ﮬﺮ‬ ‫زﮬﺮَ‬‫ُ‬
‫ِ‬ ‫ِ‬
‫َ َ ْ َ‬
‫ﻻﺗﻀﻬﺮْ‬ ‫ِ ْ َْ‬
‫اﺿﻬﺮ‬ ‫َﻻ َ ْ َﮬﺮْ‬ ‫ِْ َ‬
‫ازﮬﺮْ‬

‫‪51‬‬
‫‪Qaidah with Urdu & Roman English‬‬ ‫‪ Qaidah Taleem-ul-Qur’aan‬‬
 ‫ ا‬ ‫ہ   اُردو   اور   رو‬ ‫ ‬ ‫ ا آن‬ ‫ہ‬ ‫ ‬

‫ذ۔ظ‬ ‫ذ۔ظ        دو ں  و  ‬

‫‪Yeh dono huroof zabaan ki nook‬‬
‫‪ko oopar ke dantaoun ke‬‬
‫فز ن    ك   او    ‬
‫‪kinaaray ko is tarha laganey say‬‬ ‫   ‬ ‫دا ں    رے   اس  ح ‬
‫‪nikaltey hain ke zabaan ki nook‬‬
‫‪zara si bahar nikal aaye.‬‬ ‫     ز ن    ك ذرا        ‬
‫آ ۔‬
‫ُْ‬ ‫ُْ‬ ‫ْ‬ ‫ْ‬ ‫َْ‬ ‫َْ‬
‫اظ‬ ‫ِاظ ‪ +‬اذ‬ ‫اظ ‪ِ +‬اذ‬ ‫اذ‬
‫َْ َ‬
‫ﯾﻈﻬﺮُ‬ ‫َ َ‬
‫ﻇﻬﺮَ‬ ‫ دا ں ‬ ‫َْ َ‬
‫ﯾﺬﮬﺮُ‬ ‫َ َ‬
‫ذﮬﺮَ‬
‫وا  ‬
‫ُْ َ‬
‫ﯾﻈﻬﺮُ‬ ‫ُﻇﻬﺮَ‬ ‫ﯾﺬﮬﺮُ‬‫ُْ َ‬ ‫ذﮬﺮَ‬
‫ِ‬
‫ُ‬
‫ِ‬
‫َ َْ َ‬
‫ﻻﺗﻈﻬﺮْ‬ ‫ِْ َْ‬
‫اﻇﻬﺮ‬ ‫َ َْ َ‬
‫ﻻﺗﺬﮬﺮْ‬ ‫ِْ َ‬
‫اذﮬﺮْ‬
‫َْ ُ‬
‫ﯾﻨﻈﺮُ‬ ‫ﻧﻈﺮَ‬ ‫ََ‬ ‫ﯾﻨﺬرُ‬ ‫َْ ُ‬ ‫ﻧﺬرَ‬ ‫ََ‬
‫د‬ ‫ر‬
‫ُْ َ‬
‫ﯾﻨﻈﺮُ‬ ‫ﻧﻈﺮَ‬ ‫ُ‬ ‫ﯾﻨﺬرُ‬ ‫ُْ َ‬ ‫ُﻧﺬرَ‬
‫ِ‬ ‫ِ‬
‫َ َّ‬ ‫َُ ّ‬ ‫َ َّ‬
‫ُ َ ِّ ُ‬
‫ﯾﻨﻈﺮ‬ ‫ﻧﻈﺮَ‬ ‫ﯾﻨﺬرُ‬
‫ِ‬
‫ﻧﺬرَ‬

‫ ‬ ‫َ ُ‬ ‫َ ََ‬ ‫َ ُ‬ ‫َََ‬

‫ب ‬ ‫ﯾﻘﻆ‬
‫ِ‬ ‫وﻗﻆ‬ ‫ڑ‬ ‫ﯾﻘﺬ‬ ‫ِ‬ ‫وﻗﺬ‬
‫َ َ ْ‬ ‫ْ‬ ‫َ َ ْ‬ ‫ْ‬
‫ﻻﺗﻘﻆ‬
‫ِ‬ ‫ِﻗﻆ‬ ‫ﻻﺗﻘﺬ‬ ‫ِ‬ ‫ﻗﺬ‬‫ِ‬
‫ت۔ط‬

‫َ ُ ُّ‬ ‫َ َّ‬ ‫َ ُ ُّ‬ ‫َ َّ‬

‫ﯾﻘﻆ‬ ‫ﻗﻆ‬ ‫ﯾﻘﺬ‬ ‫ﻗﺬ‬
‫‪50‬‬
‫‪Qaidah with Urdu & Roman English‬‬ ‫‪ Qaidah Taleem-ul-Qur’aan‬‬
 ‫ ا‬ ‫ہ   اُردو   اور   رو‬ ‫ ‬ ‫ ا آن‬ ‫ہ‬ ‫ ‬

‫ُ ْ َُ‬ ‫َُِ‬ ‫ُْ َ‬

‫ﺴﱪُ‬ ‫ُ َِ‬ ‫ﯾُ ْ َﱪُ‬ ‫ﺛﱪَ‬ ‫ُ‬
‫ﯾﺼﱪ‬ ‫ﺻﱪ‬ ‫ﺳﱪ‬ ‫ِ‬
‫َ ْ ُْ ٌ‬
‫ﻣﺼﺒﻮر‬ ‫َﺻﺎ ِ ٌ‬ ‫ﻣﺴ ُ ْ ٌ‬
‫ﻮر‬ ‫َ ْ‬ ‫َﺳﺎ ِ ٌ‬ ‫َْ ُْ‬
‫ﻣﺜﺒﻮرٌ‬ ‫ٌَِ‬
‫ُ‬
‫ﻧﴫ ﯾﻨﴫ د ‬
‫ُ‬ ‫ْ‬ ‫َ‬ ‫َ‬ ‫َ‬ ‫َ‬ ‫ﴪ َﯾ ْ ُﴪُ‬ ‫ََ َ‬
‫ز     ‬ ‫ﻧﱶ ﯾَ ْ ُﱶُ‬ ‫َََ‬
‫ ‬
‫ُْ َ‬
‫ﯾﻨﴫُ‬ ‫ﻧﴫَ‬
‫ِ‬
‫ُ‬ ‫ﯾُ ْ َﴪُ‬ ‫ُ ِﴪَ‬ ‫ﯾُ ْ َﱶُ‬ ‫ﻧﱶَ‬
‫ِ‬
‫ُ‬
‫َ َّ‬
‫ﯾﻨﴫُ‬ ‫ُ َ ِّ‬ ‫َ َّ‬
‫ﻧﴫَ‬ ‫ﯾُ َ ّ ِﴪُ‬ ‫َ َّﴪَ‬ ‫ﯾُ َ ِ ّﱶُ‬ ‫ﻧﱶَ‬

‫ُ‬ ‫َ َ َ َْ ُ‬ ‫ُ‬ ‫َ َ َ َْ ُ‬ ‫رﻓﺚ َ ْ ُﻓﺚُ‬ ‫ََ َ‬

‫ ‬ ‫رى  ‬
‫آ‬ ‫رﻓﺲ ﻓﺲ     ر رﻓﺺ ﻓﺺ‬ ‫   ‬

‫ْ‬ ‫َ َْ ُ‬ ‫ْ‬ ‫ُْ ُ‬ ‫ْ‬ ‫َ َْ ُ‬ ‫ْ‬ ‫ُْ ُ‬ ‫َﻻ َ ْ ُﻓﺚْ‬ ‫ُْ ُ‬

‫ارﻓﺚْ‬
‫ﻻ ﻓﺺ‬ ‫ارﻓﺺ‬ ‫ﻻ ﻓﺲ‬ ‫ارﻓﺲ‬
‫َ ُ ُّ‬ ‫َ َّ‬ ‫َ َ ُّ‬ ‫َ َّ‬ ‫َ ُ ُّ‬ ‫َ َّ‬
‫ﯾﻘﺺ‬ ‫ﻗﺺ‬ ‫ﳝﺲ‬ ‫ﻣﺲ‬ ‫ﯾﺚ‬ ‫ﺑﺚ‬
‫َ ِ ً‬ ‫َ ً‬
‫َ ِ ٍ‬
‫راﻓﺺ‬ ‫َ ٍِ‬
‫راﻓﺲ‬ ‫َ ِ ٍ‬
‫راﻓﺚ‬ ‫راﻓﺼﺎ‬ ‫َ ًِ‬
‫راﻓﺴﺎ‬ ‫راﻓﺜﺎ‬
‫ِ‬
‫َ ِ ٌ‬
‫راﻓﺺ‬ ‫َ ِ ٌ‬
‫راﻓﺲ‬ ‫َ ٌ‬
‫راﻓﺚ‬
‫ِ‬
‫ٌ‬ ‫ْ‬ ‫َ‬ ‫ٌ‬ ‫َ ْ‬ ‫َ ْ‬
‫ﻓﺮﯾﺚٌ‬ ‫َ ٌْ‬ ‫َ ٌْ‬ ‫َ ٌْ‬
‫ﻓﺮﯾﺺ‬ ‫ِ‬ ‫ﻓﺮ ﺲ‬ ‫ِ‬ ‫ِ‬ ‫ﺻﻘﯿﻞ‬
‫ِ‬ ‫ﺳﻘﯿﻞ‬
‫ِ‬ ‫ﺛﻘﯿﻞ‬‫ِ‬
‫   ‬ ‫ل‬ ‫ وا‬ ‫   ‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ف ‬ ‫    ا‬ ‫رى‬
‫ْ‬ ‫ْ‬ ‫ْ‬ ‫ُ‬ ‫َ ْ َ‬ ‫ً‬ ‫ْ‬ ‫َ ْ‬ ‫ٰ‬ ‫ٰ‬ ‫ْ َ ُ َّ‬ ‫َ‬
‫ِ ِ‬
‫ﻧﺼﻠﯿﻪ ۔ ِاذ‬ ‫ﯾﮑﺴﺐ ِاﲦﺎ ۔ ﺳﻮف ۔‬ ‫ُ‬ ‫ِ‬ ‫۔‬ ‫اﻟﺴﻤﻮت‬
‫ِ‬ ‫ﻣﲑاث‬ ‫ِ‬ ‫ِ‬ ‫ِ‬ ‫و‬
‫ُ‬ ‫ْ‬ ‫َ َ َ ْ َْ َ َ ْ ً َ ْ َ ْ ْ ُ َ ْ َ ْ َ‬ ‫َ‬ ‫ْ‬ ‫َْ َ ْ ُ‬
‫ﺨﻠﺼﻪ ﻻاﺳ ﮑﱶت ۔‬ ‫ﺳﻌﲑا اﺳ ِ‬ ‫ﺴ ِﻐﯿﺜﻮن ۔ وﺳ ﺼﻠﻮن ِ‬
‫‪49‬‬
‫‪Qaidah with Urdu & Roman English‬‬ ‫‪ Qaidah Taleem-ul-Qur’aan‬‬
 ‫ ا‬ ‫ہ   اُردو   اور   رو‬ ‫ ‬ ‫ ا آن‬ ‫ہ‬ ‫ ‬

‫ ‬ ‫ا  ‬ ‫َ َّ ٌ‬
‫ﻃﻮاب‬
‫  ‬ ‫ ‬ ‫َ َّ ٌ‬
‫اب‬ ‫َ َ ٌ‬
‫ﺳﻄﺮ‬ ‫دہ‬ ‫َ ٌَ‬
‫ﺳﱰ‬
‫وا‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ل ‬

‫  م ‬ ‫ِْ ٌ‬
‫اﺑﺖ‬ ‫ِْ ٌ‬
‫اﺑﻂ‬ ‫َْ‬
‫ﺧﯿﻂٌ‬ ‫آوا  ز‬ ‫َْ‬
‫ﺧﯿﺖٌ‬
‫دن‬

‫ﺗﺴﺘﻄﻴ ُﻊ ۔ َ َ َ َ ُ‬
‫ﻳﺘﻄﺎول ۔‬ ‫ﺗﻄﻴ ُﻊ ۔ َ ْ َ ِ ْ‬ ‫اﺳﺘﻄﻌﺖ ۔ ُ ِ ْ‬‫اﻃﻌﺖ ۔ ِ ْ َ َ ْ َ‬ ‫ََ ْ َ‬
‫ﺑﻬﺎ ۔‬ ‫ﺗﻄﻬ ُ ُ ْ‬
‫ﺮﻫﻢ ِ َ‬ ‫ﻴﻼ ۔ ُ َ ِّ‬ ‫ﻟﻴ ِ َﺳ ِ ْ ً‬ ‫ﮑﻢ ۔ َﻣ ِﻦ ْ َ َ‬
‫اﺳﺘﻄﺎعَ اِ َ ْ‬ ‫َﻗﺎﻟ ْ ُٓﻮااِ َّ َ َ َّ ْ َ‬
‫ﻧﺎﺗﻄﲑﻧﺎ ﺑِ ُ ْ‬
‫ﺤﺒﻄﺖ َ ْ َ‬
‫اﻋﻤﺎ ُﻟ ُ ْﻢ ۔‬ ‫ﺻﱪا ۔ ﻓَ َ ِ َ ْ‬ ‫ﺗﺴﺘﻄﻴ َﻊ َﻣ ِ َ َ ْ ً‬
‫ﮏ ﻟَ ْﻦ َ ْ َ ِ ْ‬ ‫اِ َّﻧ َ‬
‫ُﻮﺑﻨﺎ ۔‬ ‫ﻟﺘﻄﻤﺌ َّ‬
‫ِﻦ ﻗُﻠ ْ ُ َ‬ ‫ﻣﺴﺘﻄﲑا ۔ َو ِ َ ْ َ‬ ‫ﲝن َﺷ ُّ ٗ‬
‫ﺮہ ُ ْ َ ِ ْ ً‬ ‫ﺴﻮﻃﱳ ۔ َ َ‬
‫ﻳﺪاہ َﻣ ْ ُ ْ َ ٰ ِ‬
‫ََ ُ‬
‫ﺳﺒ َﻊ َ ٰ َ ٍ‬
‫ﺳﻤﻮات‬ ‫ﮐﺸﻄﺖ ۔ َﺧﻠ َ َﻖ َ ْ‬ ‫اﻟﺴﻤﺂء ُ ِ َ ْ‬
‫واذ َّ َ ُ‬ ‫ﻟﻤﺘﻄﻬ ِﺮ ْﻳ َﻦ ۔ َ ِ َ‬
‫ﺤﺐ ا ْ ُ َ َ ِّ‬
‫َو ُﻳ ِ ُّ‬
‫ﺧﻄﻴ ٰ ِﺘ ِ ْﻢ‬
‫ﻃﺒﺎﻗًﺎ ۔ َ ِ ْ‬ ‫َِ‬
‫ث‬ ‫‪Yeh harf zabaan ki nook ko‬‬
‫ث             ف ز ن    ك   او    دا ں ‬
‫‪oopar ke daantaoun ke kinare ko‬‬
‫‪is tarha laganey say nikalta hai‬‬ ‫  رے   ا ح           ‬
‫‪ke zabaan ki nook zara si bahar‬‬ ‫ز ن    ك ذرا        آ ۔‬
‫‪nikal aaye.‬‬
‫ص            دو ں  و  ‬
‫فز ن    ك     ‬ ‫س ۔                       ‬
‫س ۔ص‬ ‫‪Yeh dono huroof zaban ki‬‬
‫‪nook ko neechay ke‬‬
‫     ‬ ‫ دا ں   اُو ى     ‬
‫‪daantauon key oopari hissay ko‬‬
‫‪lagane say nikalte hain.‬‬ ‫۔‬

‫ُ ْ‬ ‫ُْ‬ ‫ُ ْ‬ ‫ْ‬ ‫ْ‬ ‫ْ‬ ‫َ ْ‬ ‫َْ‬ ‫َ ْ‬

‫اص‬ ‫اس‬ ‫ِاس ِاص ‪ +‬اث‬ ‫اص ‪ِ +‬اث‬ ‫اس‬ ‫اث‬
‫ﺻﱪ َ ْ ِ ُ‬
‫ﯾﺼﱪ‬ ‫َ ََ‬ ‫ُ‬
‫ﺴﱪ ا    ‬
‫ُ‬ ‫ْ‬ ‫َ‬ ‫َ ََ‬
‫ﺳﱪ‬ ‫ ‬ ‫ﯾَ ْ ُﱪُ‬ ‫ََ‬
‫ﺛﱪَ‬
‫‪48‬‬
‫‪Qaidah with Urdu & Roman English‬‬ ‫‪ Qaidah Taleem-ul-Qur’aan‬‬
 ‫ ا‬ ‫ہ   اُردو   اور   رو‬ ‫ ‬ ‫ ا آن‬ ‫ہ‬ ‫ ‬

‫ت۔ط‬ ‫ت۔ط          دو ں  و  ‬

‫‪Yeh dono huroof zabaan ki‬‬
‫‪nook ko oopar key daantaoun‬‬
‫فز ن    ك   اُو    ‬ ‫     ‬
‫‪ki jadh ko laganey say‬‬ ‫      ۔‬ ‫ ‬ ‫             دا ں     ‬
‫‪nikaltey hain.‬‬

‫ُاطْ‬ ‫ُاتْ‬ ‫ْ‬ ‫َ ْاط ‪ِ +‬اتْ‬ ‫َاتْ‬

‫ِاط ‪+‬‬
‫ دا  ر‬ ‫َْ َ ُ‬
‫ﯾﻄﺒﻊ‬ ‫َ َ‬
‫ﻃﺒﻊ‬ ‫ﯾَ ْ َ ُ‬ ‫َ َ‬
‫ِ‬ ‫ ‬ ‫ﺒﻊ‬ ‫ﺗﺒﻊ‬‫ِ‬
‫َ َْ َ‬
‫ﻻﺗﻄﺒﻊْ‬ ‫ِْ َْ‬
‫اﻃﺒﻊ‬
‫َ َ‬
‫ﻻﺗ ْ َﺒﻊْ‬ ‫َِْ‬
‫اﺗﺒﻊْ‬

‫َْ ُْ ٌ‬ ‫َْ ُْ ٌ‬
‫ﻣﻄﺒﻮع‬ ‫َ ٌِ‬
‫ﻃﺎﺑﻊ‬ ‫ﻣﺘﺒﻮع‬ ‫َ ٌِ‬
‫ﺗﺎﺑﻊ‬
‫َْ ُ ُ‬ ‫َ َ َ‬ ‫َْ ُ‬
‫ﺴﱰُ‬ ‫َ َ‬
‫ﺳﱰَ‬
‫ﺴﻄﺮ‬ ‫ﺳﻄﺮ‬
‫ُْ َ ُ‬ ‫ُ َِ‬ ‫ُْ َ‬
‫ﺴﱰُ‬ ‫ُ َِ‬
‫ﺴﻄﺮ‬ ‫ﺳﻄﺮ‬ ‫ﺳﱰ‬
‫ُ َ ِّ ُ‬ ‫َ َّ َ‬ ‫ُ َ ِّ ُ‬ ‫َ َّ‬
‫ﺳﱰَ‬
‫ﺴﻄﺮ‬ ‫ﺳﻄﺮ‬ ‫ﺴﱰ‬

‫س ‬ ‫َْ َ‬
‫ﯾﻘﻨﻂُ‬ ‫ﻗﻨﻂَ‬‫ََ‬ ‫ ‬ ‫َْ ُ‬
‫ﯾﻘﻨﺖُ‬ ‫ﻗﻨﺖَ‬ ‫ََ‬

‫َ َْ َ‬
‫ﻻﺗﻘﻨﻂْ‬ ‫َِْ‬
‫اﻗﻨﻂْ‬ ‫َ َْ ُ‬
‫ﻻﺗﻘﻨﺖْ‬ ‫ُْ ُ‬
‫اﻗﻨﺖْ‬
‫َ ُ ُّ‬ ‫َ َّ‬ ‫َ ُ ُّ‬ ‫َ َّ‬
‫ﯾﺒﻂ‬ ‫ﺑﻂ‬ ‫ﯾﺖ‬ ‫ﺑﺖ‬
‫َ‬
‫ﻗﺎﻧﻂٌ‬ ‫َ‬
‫ﻗﺎﻧﺖٌ‬ ‫َ‬ ‫َ ً َ‬ ‫َﻗﺎﻧﺘﺎً‬
‫ِ‬ ‫ﻗﺎﻧﻂ ‪ِ +‬‬
‫ِ ٍ‬ ‫ﻗﺎﻧﺖ‬
‫ﻗﺎﻧﻄﺎ‪ٍ ِ +‬‬
‫ِ‬ ‫ِ‬
‫‪47‬‬
‫‪Qaidah with Urdu & Roman English‬‬ ‫‪ Qaidah Taleem-ul-Qur’aan‬‬
 ‫ ا‬ ‫ہ   اُردو   اور   رو‬ ‫ ‬ ‫ ا آن‬ ‫ہ‬ ‫ ‬
‫َ َْ ُْ‬ ‫ُْ ُْ‬ ‫َ َْ ُْ‬ ‫ُْ ُْ‬
‫ﻻﺗﻘﺘﻞ‬ ‫اﻗﺘﻞ‬ ‫ﻻﲣﺘﻞ‬ ‫اﺧﺘﻞ‬
‫َْ ٌُْ‬ ‫َ ٌ‬ ‫َُْْ ٌ‬ ‫َ ٌ‬
‫ﻣﻘﺘﻮل‬ ‫ﻗﺎﺗﻞ‬‫ِ‬ ‫ﳐﺘﻮل‬ ‫ﺧﺎﺗﻞ‬
‫ِ‬
‫ُ‬ ‫َْ ُ‬ ‫َ‬ ‫ََ‬ ‫َْ ُ ُ‬ ‫َ َ َ‬
‫ ‬ ‫ر‬ ‫ﻗﺺ‬ ‫رﻗﺺ‬ ‫ا رت  د‬ ‫ﺧﺺ‬ ‫رﺧﺺ‬
‫ُ‬ ‫ُْ َ‬ ‫ُِ َ‬ ‫ُْ َ ُ‬ ‫ُ ِ َ‬
‫ﻗﺺ‬ ‫رﻗﺺ‬ ‫ﺧﺺ‬ ‫رﺧﺺ‬
‫ُ‬ ‫َُّ‬ ‫َ‬ ‫َ َّ‬ ‫ُ‬ ‫َُ ّ‬ ‫َ‬ ‫َ َّ‬
‫ِﻗﺺ‬ ‫رﻗﺺ‬ ‫ِﺧﺺ‬ ‫رﺧﺺ‬
‫َْ ُ ُ‬
‫ﯾﻔﺴﻖ را ہ     ‬ ‫ﻓﺴﻖَ‬‫َ َ‬ ‫اب ‬
‫َْ ُ ُ‬
‫ﯾﻔﺴﺦ‬
‫َ َ َ‬
‫ﻓﺴﺦ‬
‫ ‬
‫َ َْ ُ‬
‫ﻻﺗﻔﺴﻖْ‬ ‫ُْ ُ‬
‫اﻓﺴﻖْ‬ ‫َ َْ ُ ْ‬
‫ﻻﺗﻔﺴﺦ‬
‫ُْ ُ ْ‬
‫اﻓﺴﺦ‬
‫ُّ‬ ‫َ َّ‬ ‫ُّ‬ ‫َّ‬
‫َ ُق‬ ‫رق‬ ‫َ ُخ‬ ‫َرخ‬
‫َﻓﺎﺳﻖٌ‬ ‫َ ِ ٌ‬ ‫َ‬ ‫ِ‬ ‫َ ً َ‬ ‫َ ِ ً‬
‫ِ‬ ‫ﻓﺎﺳﻖ ‪ +‬ﻓﺎﰞ‬ ‫ٍ‬
‫ﻓﺎﺳﻘﺎ ‪+‬ﻓﺎﰞ‬ ‫ﻓﺎﲯﺎ‬
‫ِ ٍ‬ ‫ِ‬
‫ٌ‬ ‫ْ‬ ‫َ‬ ‫ٌ‬ ‫ْ‬ ‫َ‬ ‫َ ٌْ‬ ‫َ ٌْ‬
‫ا‬ ‫ﻗﺪﯾﻢ‬ ‫  م ِ‬ ‫ﺧﺪﯾﻢ‬ ‫ِ‬ ‫ڑا‬ ‫ﻗﻠﯿﻞ‬ ‫ِ‬ ‫ﺧﻠﯿﻞ دو‬ ‫ِ‬
‫َ ٌ‬ ‫َ ٌ‬ ‫ٌ‬ ‫ْ‬ ‫َ‬ ‫ڑ  ‬ ‫َ ْ ٌ‬
‫ا‬ ‫ِﻓﺮاق‬ ‫زہ‬ ‫ِﻓﺮاخ‬ ‫ ‬ ‫ ‬ ‫ڑ‬ ‫رگ ﺷ ﻖ‬ ‫ﺷﺦ‬
‫َْ َ َ‬
‫ﻗﺪﺧﻠﺖْ‬ ‫ٌ‬ ‫َ‬ ‫ٌ‬ ‫َ‬ ‫ْ‬ ‫ُْ ُ‬ ‫ْ‬ ‫ُْ ُ‬ ‫ُ‬ ‫َْ ُ‬ ‫َ‬ ‫ََ‬ ‫َ‬ ‫َ َ‬
‫ﻗﺎﻟﻖ ۔‬ ‫ﺧﺎﻟﻖ ۔ ِ‬ ‫ﺧﻠﻖ ۔ ﻗﻠﻖ ۔ ﳜﻠﻖ ۔ اﺧﻠﻖ ۔ اﻗﻠﻖ ۔ ِ‬
‫َ‬ ‫َ‬ ‫َ َ ََ َْ‬ ‫َ‬ ‫َ ََ‬ ‫ْ‬ ‫ََ‬ ‫َ‬ ‫َْ َ‬ ‫َ‬ ‫َْ َ‬
‫ﲞﻼﻗﻬﻢ ۔ ﺧﺮﻗﻬﺎ ۔ ﻗﺎل اﺧﺮﻗﳤﺎ ۔‬ ‫ﻗﺪﺧﴪ ۔ ﻗﺪﺧﺎب ۔ ِ ِ ِ‬ ‫ِ‬ ‫۔‬
‫‪46‬‬
‫‪Qaidah with Urdu & Roman English‬‬ ‫‪ Qaidah Taleem-ul-Qur’aan‬‬
 ‫ ا‬ ‫ہ   اُردو   اور   رو‬ ‫ ‬ ‫ ا آن‬ ‫ہ‬ ‫ ‬

‫َﻻ َﺗ ْﺠ َ ْ‬
‫ﺮھ‬ ‫اِ ْﺟ َ ْ‬
‫ﺮھ‬ ‫َﻻ َﺗ ْﺠ َﺮ ْح‬ ‫اِ ْﺟ َﺮ ْح‬

‫َﻳﻠ ُ ُّ‬ ‫ﻟ َ َّ‬ ‫َﻳﻠ ُ ُّﺢ‬ ‫ﻟَ َّﺢ‬

‫ﺟﺎرھ‬
‫َ ِ ٌ‬ ‫ﺟﺎر ٌح‬
‫ﺟﺎرھ ‪ِ َ +‬‬
‫َ ِ ٍ‬ ‫ﺟﺎر ٍح‬
‫ﺟﺎرﻫﺎ ‪ِ َ +‬‬
‫ﺟﺎرﺣﺎ َ ِ ً‬
‫َ ِ ً‬
‫  َ ٌِ‬ ‫َ ٌِ‬ ‫َ ٌ‬ ‫َ ٌ‬
‫ﮬﺎﮐﻢ‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ﺣﺎﮐﻢ‬ ‫ وا   ا‬ ‫ﮬﺎﻣﺪ‬
‫ِ‬ ‫ا‬
‫ ‬ ‫ﺣﺎﻣﺪ‬ ‫ِ‬
‫َ ْﳓﺮٌ‬ ‫ﳖﺮٌ‬‫اب    َ ْ‬ ‫َﲿ ِْﯿﻢٌ‬ ‫ﻓﻬﯿﻢٌ‬ ‫َ ْ‬
‫د  وا‬ ‫ار‬ ‫ِ‬
‫َ‬ ‫ْ‬ ‫ُْ ْ َ‬ ‫َ ْ َ ُ ٗ َ ْ َّ ْ ُ َ َ َ ٰ ّ‬ ‫ْ‬ ‫َ‬ ‫َ‬ ‫َ‬ ‫َ‬ ‫َ‬
‫ﺣﯿﻪ ِاﻟﯿﮏ ۔‬ ‫۔ ِ ِ‬ ‫ﺑﻔﺮﺣﻪ ۔ ﯾﻨﺼﺤﻪ ۔ ﻟﻦ ﻧﺪ ﺧﻠﻬﺎ‬ ‫ﻧﺼﺤﻬﺎ ۔ ِ ِ ِ‬
‫ً‬ ‫َ‬ ‫ُ‬ ‫ََََْ ُ‬ ‫ﲩﺎ ً‬ ‫ﺣﺎﺟﺔ ۔ ِ ْ ُ ْ ِ ْ‬
‫دوﳖﻢ ِ َ‬ ‫ََْ َ َ َ ً‬ ‫َ‬ ‫ّ‬ ‫ُ‬ ‫ْ‬ ‫ُ‬ ‫َ ْ‬
‫۔ ﳉﻌﻠﻨﺎە ﺣﻄﺎﻣﺎ ۔‬ ‫ِ‬ ‫ﻓﺎﻧﮑﺤﻮﮬﻦ ۔ ﻋﻠﳱﺎ‬ ‫ِ‬
‫َ‬ ‫ْ‬ ‫ُ‬ ‫َََ‬ ‫ً‬ ‫َْ َ ْ َ ُ ُ ْ‬ ‫َ‬ ‫َْ َ‬ ‫َََ ْٰ َ َ ْ ً‬
‫ﻟﺼﺎﺣﺒﻪ ۔ ا ﻟﻨﺎە ﺣﮑﻤﺎ ۔ ﻓﺬﲝﻮﮬﺎ ۔‬ ‫ﺣﺼﯿﺪا ۔ ِاذﻗﺎل ِ ِ ِ ٖ‬ ‫ﲾﻌﻠﳯﺎ ِ‬
‫اﮬﺒﻂْ‬ ‫ﻗﯿﻞ َ ُ ْ ُح ْ‬‫َْ‬ ‫َ َ ّٰ ُ َ َ ُ‬ ‫َ‬ ‫ََْ ْ َ‬
‫ِ‬ ‫ََِ َْ‬
‫ِ‬ ‫ِ‬ ‫۔‬ ‫ﺣﺴﺎﺑﻪ‬ ‫ِ‬ ‫ﻓﻮﻗﻪ‬ ‫۔‬ ‫اﺻﻼﺣﻬﺎ‬
‫ِ‬ ‫ِ‬ ‫ﺑﻌﺪ‬ ‫۔‬ ‫ﲜﻨﺎﺣﯿﻪ‬
‫خ‬ ‫‪Yeh harf halaq ke ibtedae hissay‬‬
‫    ا ا         ۔‬ ‫  ف ‬ ‫خ‬
‫‪say nikalta hai.‬‬

‫ق‬ ‫‪Yeh harf zabaan ki jadh yani‬‬

‫‪padhjeep ke andarooni hissay‬‬
‫   ا رو  ‬ ‫ٰ ‬ ‫    ف ز ن   ‬ ‫ق‬
‫‪say nikalta hai.‬‬ ‫      ۔‬
‫ُْ‬ ‫ُ ْ‬ ‫ْ‬ ‫ْ‬ ‫َْ‬ ‫َ ْ‬
‫اق‬ ‫ِاق ‪ +‬اخ‬ ‫اق ‪ِ +‬اخ‬ ‫اخ‬
‫َْ ُُ‬ ‫َََ‬ ‫َْ ُ ُ‬ ‫َ ََ‬
‫ ‬ ‫ﯾﻘﺘﻞ‬ ‫ﻗﺘﻞ‬ ‫ د‬ ‫ﳜﺘﻞ‬ ‫ﺧﺘﻞ‬
‫‪45‬‬
‫‪Qaidah with Urdu & Roman English‬‬ ‫‪ Qaidah Taleem-ul-Qur’aan‬‬
 ‫ ا‬ ‫ہ   اُردو   اور   رو‬ ‫ ‬ ‫ ا آن‬ ‫ہ‬ ‫ ‬

‫َ ََْ‬
‫اﲺﺰتُ‬ ‫َ َِْ‬
‫اﻋﻠﻤﺖَ‬ ‫َْ َ ْ َ ُ‬ ‫َْ ٰ َ ُ‬ ‫َْ َ َ ُ‬ ‫َْ َ َ ُ‬
‫اﻻﲻﺎل‬ ‫اﻻﻣﺎل‬ ‫اﻟﻌﻤﻞ‬ ‫اﻻﻣﻞ‬
‫َْ َ َُ‬
‫اﻣﻌﺎﲛﻢْ‬ ‫َ‬
‫ااﲺﻤﻲٌ‬‫ََ ْ‬ ‫ََ ُْ‬
‫اﲺﺒﺘﻢْ‬
‫ِّ‬ ‫ِ‬
‫ح‬ ‫‪Yeh harf halaq key darmiyani‬‬ ‫ح‬
‫‪hissay say nikalta hai.‬‬
‫         ۔‬ ‫  در‬ ‫  ف ‬

‫ھ‬ ‫‪Yeh harf halaq ke Aakri hissay‬‬

‫‪say nikalta hai jo seenay ke qareeb‬‬ ‫   آ ى           ‬ ‫  ف ‬ ‫ھ‬
‫‪hai.‬‬
‫  ۔‬ ‫   ‬
‫ُ ْ‬ ‫ْ‬ ‫َ ْ‬
‫اھ‬
‫ُْ‬ ‫اح‬ ‫ِْ‬
‫اھ‬ ‫ِاح‬ ‫ا َْھ‬ ‫اح‬
‫ََْ ُ‬
‫ﳞﺮب‬ ‫ََ َ‬
‫ﮬﺮب‬ ‫ََْ‬
‫ﳛﺮبُ‬ ‫َ َ َ‬
‫ﺣﺮب‬
‫ ‬

‫ﻳﻬ َ ُ‬
‫ﺮب‬ ‫ُْ‬ ‫ُﻫ ِ َ‬
‫ﺮب‬
‫ُﻳ ْﺤ َ ُ‬
‫ﺮب‬ ‫ُﺣ ِ َ‬
‫ﺮب‬

‫ﺗﻬ َ ْ‬
‫ﺮب‬ ‫َﻻ َ ْ‬ ‫اِ ْﻫ َ ْ‬
‫ﺮب‬ ‫َﻻ َﺗ ْﺤ َ ْ‬
‫ﺮب‬ ‫اِ ْﺣ َ ْ‬
‫ﺮب‬
‫ﻳﺴﻬ ُﺮ‬
‫َ ْ َ‬ ‫ﺳﻬ َﺮ‬
‫َ َ‬ ‫دو‬ ‫ﻳﺴ َﺤ ُﺮ‬
‫َ ْ‬ ‫َﺳ َﺤ َﺮ‬

‫ﻳﺴﻬ ُﺮ‬
‫ُ ْ َ‬ ‫ﺳﻬ َﺮ‬
‫ُ ِ‬ ‫ﻳﺴ َﺤ ُﺮ‬
‫ُ ْ‬ ‫ُﺳ ِﺤ َﺮ‬

‫ﻳﺴﻬ ُﺮ‬
‫ُ َ ِّ‬ ‫َﺳ َّﻬ َﺮ‬ ‫ﻳﺴ ّ ِﺤ ُﺮ‬
‫ُ َ‬ ‫َﺳ ّﺤَ َﺮ‬

‫َﻳ ْﺠ َ ُ‬
‫ﺮھ‬ ‫َﺟ َ َ‬
‫ﺮھ‬ ‫ز  ‬ ‫َﻳ ْﺠ َﺮُح‬ ‫َﺟ َﺮَح‬
‫‪44‬‬
‫‪Qaidah with Urdu & Roman English‬‬ ‫‪ Qaidah Taleem-ul-Qur’aan‬‬
 ‫ ا‬ ‫ہ   اُردو   اور   رو‬ ‫ ‬ ‫ ا آن‬ ‫ہ‬ ‫ ‬
‫َْ َُ‬ ‫َ ََ‬ ‫َُ‬ ‫َ‬ ‫ََ‬
‫ﺴﻌﻞ‬ ‫ﺳﻌﻞ‬ ‫ل‬
‫ا  ‬ ‫ﻞ‬ ‫ْﺴ‬ ‫ﻞ‬ ‫َﺳ‬
‫ُْ َُ‬ ‫ُ َ‬ ‫َُ‬ ‫ُ‬ ‫َ‬
‫ﺴﻌﻞ‬ ‫ﺳﻌﻞ‬ ‫ِ‬ ‫ﻞ‬ ‫ْﺴ‬ ‫ِﻞ‬ ‫ُﺳ‬
‫َُ ُّ‬ ‫َ َّ َ‬ ‫َُ ُّ‬ ‫َ َّ َ‬
‫ﺴﻌﻞ‬
‫ِ‬ ‫ﺳﻌﻞ‬ ‫ﺴ ِﻞ‬ ‫ﺳﻞ‬
‫َْ َ ُ‬ ‫ََ َ‬ ‫َْ َ ُ‬ ‫ََ‬
‫ﻗﺮءَ‬
‫ﯾﻘﺮع‬ ‫ﻗﺮع‬ ‫ﯾﻘﺮء‬
‫َ َْ َ ْ‬ ‫َْ ْ‬ ‫َ َْ َ‬
‫ﻻﺗﻘﺮءْ‬ ‫َِْ‬
‫اﻗﺮءْ‬
‫ﻻﺗﻘﺮع‬ ‫ِاﻗﺮع‬
‫َ ُ ُّ‬ ‫َ َّ‬ ‫َ ُ ُّ‬ ‫َ َّ‬
‫ﯾﺪ ع‬ ‫دع‬ ‫ﯾﺪء‬ ‫دء‬

‫َ ٌ‬ ‫َ ٍ َ‬ ‫ﻗﺎر ًﺎ    ‪ِ َ     +‬‬

‫َ ِ‬ ‫َ ً‬
‫ﻗﺎرع‬
‫ِ‬ ‫ئ‬
‫ﻗﺎر ٌ‬
‫ﻗﺎرع ‪ِ +‬‬ ‫ِ‬ ‫ ﻗﺎرٍئ‬ ‫ﻗﺎرﺋﺎ‬
‫ِ‬
‫َ ْ‬
‫ﻋﺴﲑٌ‬ ‫ِ‬ ‫ى‬
‫َاﺳﲑْ‬
‫ٌ‬ ‫ِ‬ ‫وا‬
‫َِْ‬
‫ﻋﻠﯿﻢٌ‬ ‫درد ك‬
‫َِ ْ‬
‫اﻟﯿﻢٌ‬

‫َﺷ ْ ﻊٌ‬ ‫َﺷ ْ ٌ‬ ‫در ے   ‬ ‫ٌَْ‬

‫ﺟﻌﺮ‬ ‫و‬ ‫َ ٌ‬
‫ﺟﺎر‬
‫ار‬
‫َ َّ‬ ‫َ َّ‬ ‫َ َّ‬ ‫َ َّ‬ ‫َﰪْ‬ ‫َامْ‬ ‫َ ْ‬ ‫َانْ‬
‫اﻣﺎ ﲻﺎ‬ ‫ان‬
‫ََ‬
‫اﻋﺎنَ‬ ‫َ ٰاانَ‬ ‫َ ٌَ‬ ‫ٰ ٌَ‬ ‫َْ ٌ‬ ‫َ ْاونٌ‬
‫ِاﻋﺎﻧﺔ‬ ‫ِااﻧﺔ‬ ‫ﻋﻮن‬
‫َا ِ ْ‬ ‫َِاﺋﻦْ‬ ‫َُ ُ‬
‫ﯾﻌﺎن‬ ‫ُ ْ ٰانُ‬ ‫ُِْ ُ‬
‫ﯾﻌﲔ‬ ‫ُْ ِ ْ ُ‬
‫ﺋﲔ‬
‫‪43‬‬
‫‪Qaidah with Urdu & Roman English‬‬ ‫‪ Qaidah Taleem-ul-Qur’aan‬‬
 ‫ ا‬ ‫ہ   اُردو   اور   رو‬ ‫ ‬ ‫ ا آن‬ ‫ہ‬ ‫ ‬

‫َْ َ َ ُ‬ ‫ٌََ‬ ‫اﻟﻈﻠﻢُ‬ ‫َ ُّ ْ‬ ‫ُ ْ‬

‫ﻇﻠﻢٌ‬
‫اﻟﻮﻟﺪ‬ ‫وﻟﺪ‬ ‫‪۱۲‬‬
‫و‬ ‫‪۱۲‬‬ ‫ظ‬
‫َ َُ ََْ‬ ‫ََْ‬ ‫َ َ ُ ُّ ْ‬ ‫ُّ ْ‬
‫اﻟﻮﻟﺪ‬
‫ِ‬ ‫ﻋﺎﻗﺒﺔ‬
‫ِ‬ ‫ﻟﻮﻟﺪ‬
‫ِ ِ‬ ‫ﻋﺎﻗﺒﺔاﻟﻈﻠﻢ‬
‫ِ‬ ‫ِ‬ ‫ﻟﻈﻠﻢ‬
‫ِ‬ ‫ِ‬
‫َ ْ َ َّ ُ‬ ‫َ َّ ٌ‬ ‫َ َّ‬ ‫ََ‬
‫ا ُ‬ ‫َ‬ ‫ﻟﱭٌ‬
‫اﻟﻬﺪﯾﺔ‬ ‫ِ‬ ‫ﮬﺪﯾﺔ‬‫ِ‬ ‫‪۱۳‬‬
‫ھ‬ ‫ﻠﱭ‬ ‫‪۱۳‬‬ ‫ل‬
‫َ َ ُ ْ َ َّ‬ ‫ْ َ َّ‬ ‫َّ‬ ‫َ‬ ‫َّ‬
‫َ‬ ‫ُ‬ ‫َ‬ ‫َ‬
‫ﻠﱭ‬
‫اﻟﻬﺪﯾِﺔ‬ ‫ﲦﻦ ِ‬ ‫اﻟﻬﺪﯾِﺔ‬
‫ِﰲ ِ‬ ‫ﻠﱭ‬
‫ﲦﻦ ا ِ‬ ‫ِﰲ ا ِ‬
‫َْ َ ُ‬ ‫َ َّ ُ‬ ‫ٌ‬
‫اﻟﯿﺪ‬
‫ٌ‬
‫َﯾﺪ‬ ‫ی‬ ‫اﻟﻨﺎس‬ ‫َس‬ ‫‪۱۴‬‬ ‫ن‬
‫‪۱۴‬‬

‫َ‬ ‫ََُ ْ‬ ‫َ‬ ‫ْ‬ ‫َ َ ُ َّ‬ ‫َّ‬

‫اﻟﯿﺪ‬
‫ﲻﻞ ِ‬ ‫ﻟﯿﺪ‬
‫ِ ِ‬ ‫ﲻﻞ ِ‬
‫اﻟﻨﺎس‬ ‫ِ‬
‫ِ ﻟﻨﺎس‬
‫ء‬ ‫‪Yeh harf halaq ke aaqri hissay‬‬
‫   آ ى           ‬ ‫  ف ‬ ‫ء‬
‫‪say nikalta hai jo seenay ke qareeb‬‬
‫‪hai.‬‬ ‫   ۔‬ ‫   ‬
‫ع‬ ‫‪Yeh harf halaq key darmiyani‬‬
‫‪hissay say nikalta hai.‬‬ ‫        ۔‬ ‫   در‬ ‫  ف ‬ ‫ع‬

‫ُ ْ‬ ‫ُاءْ‬ ‫ْ‬ ‫َ ْ‬ ‫َاءْ‬

‫اع‬ ‫ِاع‬ ‫ِ ْاء‬ ‫اع‬
‫َْ ُُ‬
‫ﯾﻌﻤﺮ‬
‫ََ‬
‫ﲻﺮَ‬ ‫َ ْ ُﻣﺮُ‬ ‫ََ‬
‫اﻣﺮَ‬
‫آد‬ ‫ د‬
‫ُْ َُ‬ ‫ﲻﺮَ‬ ‫ُ‬ ‫ُ ْ َﻣﺮُ‬ ‫اﻣﺮَ‬‫ُ‬
‫ﯾﻌﻤﺮ‬ ‫ِ‬ ‫ِ‬
‫َ ْ ُْ ٌ‬
‫ﻣﻌﻤﻮر‬ ‫َ ٌِ‬
‫ﻋﺎﻣﺮ‬ ‫َُْْ‬
‫ﻣﺎﻣﻮرٌ‬ ‫اﻣﺮٌ‬
‫ِ‬
‫ٰ‬

‫‪42‬‬
‫‪Qaidah with Urdu & Roman English‬‬ ‫‪ Qaidah Taleem-ul-Qur’aan‬‬
 ‫ ا‬ ‫ہ   اُردو   اور   رو‬ ‫ ‬ ‫ ا آن‬ ‫ہ‬ ‫ ‬

‫اﳋﲑُ‬ ‫َْ َ ْ‬ ‫ﺧﲑٌ‬ ‫َ ْ‬ ‫خ‬ ‫َ َّ ِ ْ ُ‬

‫اﻟﺮﺣﯿﻢ‬ ‫َ ِْ ٌ‬
‫رﺣﯿﻢ‬ ‫ر‬
‫‪۵‬‬ ‫‪۵‬‬

‫اﳋﲑْ‬ ‫َ ْ ُ َْ‬ ‫ْ‬ ‫َْ‬ ‫ْ‬ ‫َ ْ ُ َّ‬ ‫ْ‬ ‫َّ‬

‫ﻓﻀﻞ ِ‬ ‫ﻠﺨﲑ‬
‫ِ ِ‬ ‫اﻟﺮﺣﯿﻢ‬
‫ِ ِ‬ ‫ﻓﻀﻞ‬ ‫ﻠﺮﺣﯿﻢ‬
‫ِ ِ ِ‬
‫َْ َ ُ‬ ‫َ ٌ‬ ‫َ َّ ُ‬ ‫َ ٌ‬ ‫ز‬
‫اﻟﻌﺎﺑﺪ‬ ‫ِ‬ ‫ﻋﺎﺑﺪ‬
‫ِ‬ ‫‪۶‬‬
‫ع‬ ‫اﻟﺰاﮬﺪ‬
‫ِ‬ ‫زاﮬﺪ‬
‫ِ‬ ‫‪۶‬‬

‫َ‬ ‫َ ٰ ُ ْ‬ ‫َ‬ ‫ْ‬ ‫َ ٰ ُ َّ‬ ‫َّ‬

‫اﻟﻌﺎﺑﺪ‬
‫ﺻﻠﻮۃ ِ ِ‬ ‫ﻠﻌﺎﺑﺪ‬
‫ِ ِ ِ‬ ‫اﻟﺰاﮬﺪ‬
‫ِ ِ‬ ‫ﺻﻠﻮۃ‬ ‫ﻠﺰاﮬﺪ‬
‫ِ ِ ِ‬
‫اﻟﻐﯿﺐُ‬ ‫َْ َ ْ‬ ‫ﻏﯿﺐٌ‬ ‫َْ‬ ‫غ‬ ‫س‬
‫‪۷‬‬ ‫ا َ َّ َ ُ‬
‫ﻟﺴﻤﺂء‬ ‫ﺳﻤﺂء‬
‫َ َ ٌ‬ ‫‪۷‬‬
‫َْ َ ُ َْ‬ ‫َْ‬
‫اﻟﻐﯿﺐ‬
‫ِ‬
‫ْ‬ ‫اﺣﻮال‬ ‫اﻟﻐﯿﺐ‬
‫ِ‬
‫ْ‬ ‫ِﰲ‬ ‫اﻟﺴﻤﺂء‬
‫اﺣﻮال َّ َ ِ‬ ‫ََْ ُ‬ ‫اﻟﺴﻤﺂء‬
‫ِﰱ َّ َ ِ‬
‫َْ َ ْ ُ‬ ‫َْ ٌ‬ ‫ُ‬ ‫ْ‬ ‫َ َّ‬ ‫ٌ‬ ‫ْ‬ ‫َ‬
‫اﻟﻔﻮز‬ ‫ﻓﻮز‬ ‫‪۸‬‬
‫ف‬ ‫اﻟﺸﻤﺲ‬ ‫ش ‪ ۸‬ﴰﺲ‬
‫ْ‬ ‫َُٓ َْ‬ ‫ْ‬ ‫َْ‬ ‫ْ‬ ‫َ ٓ َّ‬ ‫ْ‬ ‫َّ‬
‫اﻟﻔﻮز‬
‫ِ‬ ‫ِﺿﯿﺎء‬ ‫ﻟﻔﻮز‬
‫ِ ِ‬ ‫اﻟﺸﻤﺲ‬ ‫ِ‬ ‫ِ ُ‬
‫ﺿﯿﺎء‬ ‫ﻟﺸﻤﺲ‬ ‫ِ‬ ‫ِ‬
‫اﻟﻘﻮمُ‬ ‫َْ َ ْ‬ ‫ﻗﻮمٌ‬ ‫َْ‬ ‫ق‬
‫َ َّ ٰ ُ‬
‫اﻟﺼﻠﻮۃ‬
‫َ ٰ ٌ‬
‫ص ‪ ۹‬ﺻﻠﻮۃ‬
‫‪۹‬‬

‫ْ‬ ‫َْ ُ َْ‬ ‫ْ‬ ‫َْ‬ ‫َ ْ ُ َّ ٰ‬ ‫َّ ٰ‬

‫اﻟﻘﻮم‬
‫ِ‬ ‫وﻗﺖ‬ ‫اﻟﻘﻮم‬
‫ِ‬ ‫ِﰲ‬ ‫اﻟﺼﻠﻮۃ‬
‫ِ‬ ‫وﻗﺖ‬ ‫اﻟﺼﻠﻮۃ‬
‫ِ‬ ‫ِﰲ‬
‫اﻟﮑﺘﺎبُ‬ ‫َْ ِ َ‬ ‫َِ ٌ‬ ‫َ َّ ْ ُ‬ ‫َ ٌْ‬
‫ک ‪۱۰‬‬ ‫ض‪۱۰‬‬
‫ﮐﺘﺎب‬ ‫اﻟﻀﯿﻒ‬ ‫ﺿﯿﻒ‬
‫َ‬ ‫َ ُّ ْ‬ ‫َ‬ ‫ْ‬ ‫ْ‬ ‫َ ّ ُ َّ‬ ‫ْ‬ ‫َّ‬
‫اﻟﮑﺘﺎب‬
‫ﺣﻖ ِ ِ‬ ‫ﻠﮑﺘﺎب‬
‫ِ ِ ِ‬ ‫اﻟﻀﯿﻒ‬
‫ِ‬ ‫ﺣﻖ‬ ‫ﻠﻀﯿﻒ‬
‫ِ‬ ‫ِ‬
‫اﻟﻤﺆ ِ ُ‬‫َْ ُ ْ‬ ‫ُْ‬
‫ﻣﺆ ِ ٌ‬ ‫َ َّ َ ُ‬ ‫َ ٌَ‬
‫م‬ ‫‪۱۱‬‬
‫اﻟﻄﺎﻋﺔ‬ ‫ﻃﺎﻋﺔ‬ ‫‪۱۱‬‬ ‫ط‬
‫َ ْ ُ ْ ُ ِْ‬ ‫ْ ُ ِْ‬ ‫اﺟﺮاﻟﻄﺎﻋِﺔَ‬ ‫َ ْ ُ َّ‬ ‫َّ‬
‫اﻟﻄﺎﻋِﺔَ‬ ‫ِﰲ‬
‫اﺟﺮ اﻟﻤﺆ ِ‬ ‫ِﰲ اﻟﻤﺆ ِ‬
‫‪41‬‬
‫‪Qaidah with Urdu & Roman English‬‬ ‫‪ Qaidah Taleem-ul-Qur’aan‬‬
 ‫ ا‬ ‫ہ   اُردو   اور   رو‬   ‫ ا آن‬ ‫ہ‬  

huroof-e-Qamari jumla (14) huroof-e-shamsi jumla (14)

1) Agar (‫ )ال‬se pahelay koi harf na ho 1) Agar (‫ )ال‬se pahelay koi harf na ho
our (‫ )ال‬ke baad huroof-e-qamari our (‫ )ال‬ke baad huroof-e-shamsi
main se koi harf aaye to (‫)ا اور ل‬ َ padha
main se koi harf aaye to (‫)ا‬
dono padhey jaayengay.
ُ ْ َ ‫ﻘﻤ ُﺮ۔ ا َ ْﻟ‬
‫ﺤﻤﺪ‬ َ َ ‫ ا َ ْﻟ‬
jaayengay laam nahein padha jaayega.

ْ َّ َ ‫ا‬
jaise: ‫ﻟﺸﻤ ُﺲ۔‬
2) Agar (‫ )ال‬se pahelay koi harf ho 2) Agar (‫ )ال‬se pahelay koi harf ho
our (‫ )ال‬ke baad huroof-e-qamari our (‫ )ال‬ke baad huroof-e-shamsi main
main se koi harf aaye to sirf (‫)ل‬ se koi harf aaye to (‫ )ال‬dono nahein
َ
padha jaayengay alif (‫)ا‬nahi padhain padhay jaayengay.
َ
gay. Jaise:
َّ ِ ْ ‫ﻘﻤ ِﺮ ۔ ﻟَ ْ َﺲ ا‬
‫ﻟﱪ‬ َ َ ‫َوا ْﻟ‬ ِ ‫اﻟﺪ ْﻳ‬
Jaise: ‫ﻦ‬ ُ ْ َ ‫ﻟﺸﻤ ُﺲ ۔‬
ِ ّ ‫ﻳﻮم‬ ْ ّ ‫َوا‬

ُ‫اﻻﳝﺎن‬َ ْ َْ ٌ َِْ ُ َ ْ َّ َ ٌ َ َْ
ِ ‫اﳝﺎن‬ ۱ ‫ا‬ ‫اﻟﺘﻮراۃ‬ ‫راۃ‬ ۱
‫ت‬
َ ْ ْ ُ َ ََ َ ْ ْ ‫ِﰲ‬ َ ْ َّ ُ َ ٰ َ ْ َّ
‫اﻻﳝﺎن‬
ِ ِ ‫ﻋﻼﻣﺎت‬ ‫اﻻﳝﺎن‬
ِ ِ ‫اﻟﺘﻮراۃ‬
ِ ‫ا ت‬ ‫اﻟﺘﻮراۃ‬
ِ ‫ِﰲ‬
ُ‫اﻟﺒ ْ ﺖ‬ َ َْ ٌ ْ ‫َﺑ‬
‫ﺖ‬ ‫ب‬ ُ‫اﻟﺜﻮاب‬ َ َّ َ ٌ‫َ َ اب‬ ‫ث‬
۲ ۲

ْ ْ ََُ ْ ْ َ َّ ُ َ َ َ َّ
‫ﺖ‬ َ
ِ ‫ﲻﻞ اﻟﺒ‬ ‫ﺖ‬ َ
ِ ‫ِ ﻟﺒ‬ ‫اﻟﺜﻮاب‬
ِ ‫ﲻﻞ‬ ‫ﻟﺜﻮاب‬
ِ ِ
ُ َ َْ ٌ َ ‫ج‬ ُ ْ ‫اﻟﺪ‬ ّ َ ٌ ْ ‫ِد‬ ‫د‬
‫اﳉﻬﺎد‬ ِ ‫ﺟﻬﺎد‬ِ ۳
ِ ۳

َ ْ ُ َْ َ ْ ْ ّ ُ َْ ْ ّ
‫اﳉﻬﺎد‬
ِ ِ ‫م‬ ‫اﳉﻬﺎد‬
ِ ِ ‫ِﰲ‬ ِ ِ ‫اﻟﺪ‬ ‫م‬ ِ ‫اﻟﺪ‬ ِ ‫ِﰲ‬
ُ‫اﻟﺬﮐﺮ‬ْ ّ َ ٌ ْ
ُ ْ َ ‫ا َ ْﻟ‬
‫ﺤﻤﺪ‬ ‫ﺣﻤﺪ‬
ٌ َْ ‫ح‬ ِ ‫ِذﮐﺮ‬ ۴
‫ذ‬
۴
ْ ّ ُ َْ ْ ّ
‫ﺤﻤﺪ‬
ِ ْ َ ‫ْﺖ ا ْﻟ‬
ُ ‫َوﻗ‬ ‫ﺤﻤﺪ‬
ِ ْ َ ‫ِﺑﺎ ْﻟ‬ ‫اﻟﺬﮐﺮ‬
ِ ِ ‫وﻗﺖ‬ ‫ﻟﺬﮐﺮ‬
ِ ِ ِ

40
Qaidah with Urdu & Roman English  Qaidah Taleem-ul-Qur’aan
 ‫ ا‬ ‫ہ   اُردو   اور   رو‬ ‫ ‬ ‫ ا آن‬ ‫ہ‬ ‫ ‬

‫َُ ُ‬ ‫َ َ‬
‫ﲰﻊ ُ‬ ‫َ َ‬
‫ﻗﺎل ﷲُ‬ ‫َّ‬
‫ان ﷲَ‬
‫ِ َ ﷲِ‬
‫ﮬﻮﷲ‬ ‫ﷲ‬ ‫ِ‬ ‫ِ‬ ‫ز     ل‬
‫َ ْ ُ‬ ‫َُُْ‬ ‫ُ‬ ‫َْ‬ ‫ُ ُْ ُ‬ ‫ُ ُ ْ ُ‬
‫رﺳﻮل ﷲِ ﻓﻀﻞ ﷲِ‬ ‫ﺧﻠﻖ ﷲِ‬ ‫ﯾﺪﷲ‬ ‫ِ‬ ‫ﺣﺪودﷲِ‬ ‫    ل‬
‫ْ‬ ‫ْ‬ ‫َ‬
‫ﺴﻢ ﷲِ‬
‫ِ ِ‬ ‫ِ ِ‬ ‫اﻣﺮﷲِ‬
‫ِ‬ ‫ِد ْ ِ ﷲِ‬ ‫َﺑﻞ ُ‬
‫ﷲ‬ ‫ِ‬ ‫ز     ل‬
‫‪Laam-e-tareefi: Laam-e-Jalaala ke‬‬
‫ ‬ ‫ن‬
‫    و ہ   م   ا  ‬ ‫ ‪  :‬م ‬ ‫م ‬
‫‪alawa jitnay laam hain in sab ko‬‬
‫‪laam-e-tareefi kehte hain. Isko‬‬ ‫    ا    م ‬ ‫  ۔ ‪  (٣‬م ‬ ‫ ‬ ‫  م ‬
‫‪Bareek he padheingay her halath‬‬
‫     ۔‬ ‫م        ر  ‬
‫‪me.‬‬
‫َ َ َّ ٰ َ ْ َ ْ ُ‬
‫اﳊﻤﺪ ۔ َ ٰ‬ ‫َ َ َّ ٰ َ ْ َ ْ ُ‬
‫اﳊﻤﺪ ۔ َ ٰ‬
‫‪Jaise:‬‬ ‫ ذاﻟﮏ ۔ ِاﻻ ۔ ِاﱄ ۔‬
‫‪ِ :‬‬ ‫ ذاﻟﮏ ۔ ِاﻻ ۔ ِاﱄ ۔‬
‫  ‪ِ :‬‬
‫َ َ َّ‬ ‫َّ‬ ‫َ ْ‬
‫ﳃﺮﯾﺔ ﲨﻠﻪ )‪(۱۴‬‬‫ﺣﺮوف ِ‬
‫ِ‬ ‫)‪(۱۴‬‬ ‫ِ‬ ‫وف‬
‫ِ‬ ‫‪۱۴‬‬

‫ف ى  دہ    )ب‘ ج‘ ح‘ خ‘ ع‘‬
‫و ِ ‬ ‫  دہ   )ت‘ ث‘ د‘ ذ‘ ر‘ ز‘‬ ‫و ِ ‬
‫ف‬
‫غ‘ ف‘ ق‘ ک‘ م‘ و‘ ە‘ ء‘ ی(     ‬ ‫س‘ ش‘ ص‘ ض‘ ط‘ ظ‘ ل‘ ن(‬
‫ﻋﻘﻴﻤ ْ ( ۔‬
‫وﺧﻒ َ ِ ْ َ‬ ‫) ا َ ْﺑ ِﻎ َﺣ َّﺠ َ‬
‫ﮏ َ َ ْ‬
‫  ف     اور )ال(     ‬ ‫‪ (١‬ا  )ال(     ‬
‫  ف     اور )ال(     ‬ ‫‪ (١‬ا  )ال(     ‬
‫   ‬ ‫ ‬ ‫ف         ف آ    )  َا  ( ‬ ‫و ِ ‬
‫  ف آ    )ا  َ   ا ور   ل( ‬ ‫و ِ ‬
‫ف ى     ‬
‫ﻟﺸﻤ ُﺲ۔‬ ‫م        ۔   ‪ :‬ا َ َّ ْ‬
‫ﻘﻤ ُﺮ۔ ا َ ْﻟ َ ْ ُ‬
‫ﺤﻤﺪ‬ ‫  ۔ ا َ ْﻟ َ َ‬ ‫ ‬ ‫دو ں ‬
‫  ف   اور )ال(     ‬ ‫‪(٢‬ا  )ال(     ‬
‫  ف   اور )ال(     ‬ ‫‪ (٢‬ا  )ال(     ‬
‫ ‬ ‫  ف آ    )ال( دو ں ‬ ‫     ‬ ‫و  ِ‬
‫ف ‬
‫ ‬ ‫  ف آ     ف  م ‬ ‫و ِ ‬
‫ف ى     ‬
‫اﻟﺪ ْﻳ ِﻦ‬
‫ﻳﻮم ّ ِ‬ ‫  ۔ َوا َّ ْ‬
‫ﻟﺸﻤ ُﺲ ۔ َ ْ ُ‬ ‫ ‬
‫  ۔‬ ‫ ‬ ‫   )   َا  ( ‬
‫ﻘﻤ ِﺮ ۔ ﻟَ ْ َﺲ ا ْ ِ َّ‬
‫ﻟﱪ‬ ‫ ‪َ :‬وا ْﻟ َ َ‬
‫‪39‬‬
‫‪Qaidah with Urdu & Roman English‬‬ ‫‪ Qaidah Taleem-ul-Qur’aan‬‬
 ‫ ا‬ ‫ہ   اُردو   اور   رو‬   ‫ ا آن‬ ‫ہ‬  
ّ
Ghunnah ka bayaan ‫ن‬
۱۲
Q) Ghunnah karna kisay kahte
hain? Ghunnah kab hoga?
 ‫؟‬     ُ  ‫  ؟‬       ُ (‫س‬
A) Aawaz ko naak ki baans  ‫م(    ڑ ا‬ )     ‫ج( آوا  ز   ك‬
(khaishoom) main thoda sa
ghuma kar padhna. Agar noon          ‫۔ ا   ن اور‬  
aur meem par tashdeed ho to
-   ‫ا  ا     ا  ر‬
ek alif ki miqdaar ghunnah hoga.

َّ ُ َّ َ َ
َ‫ﺟﻬﻨﻢ‬ ّ َُ
ُ‫ﯾﻈﻦ‬ َّ َّ ُ َّ َ َّ َ
‫ﺛﻢ‬ ‫ﺳﻦ‬ ِ ‫ﮬﻦ‬ ‫ان‬
ْ‫وﲤﺖ‬َّ َ َ َّ ُ َ َّ َّ َ ّ‫ُام‬
‫ﮬﻠﻢ‬ ‫ِﱈ‬ ‫ﰪ‬ ِ
Note : Mushaddada noon our meem َ َّ َ ُ
  ‫ و و‬ ‫ ﻣﺸﺪدە  ن اور   و‬:‫ٹ‬
wasal wa waqaf (mila kar padhnay ya
ruk jaane) har do haalat main ek alif   ‫   ا  ا‬ ‫(   دو‬   ‫    رك‬   )
ki miqdaar ghunnah kiya jaayega.
‫  ۔‬     ‫  ا  ر‬

Lafz-e-Allah ke Qaaide ‫ﻻم‬

ِ ۱۳
1) Agar Lafz-e-Allah ke laam say
pahley zabar ya pesh hoto lafz-          ‫( ا    ا     م     ز‬١
e-Allah ka laam pur mota
‫ ۔‬        ( ) ‫ ا     م‬
padhajaaye ga.
ُْ ُ َ ُْ ُ َ ُ َُ
ُ َ ُ ِ‫رﺳﻮل ﷲ‬
Jaise: ، ‫ﻫﻮﷲ‬ ِ‫ رﺳﻮل ﷲ‬، ‫ﻫﻮﷲ‬
2) Agar lafz-e-Allah ke laam say
pahley zer hoto lafz-e-Allah
    ‫( ا    ا     م     ز      ا‬٢
ka laam baareek padha jaayega.
‫ﺴﻢ ﷲ ِ۔‬ ْ
ّ ٰ ‫ْﺴﻢ‬ ِ ِ :   ‫   ۔‬   ‫م  ر‬
Jaise : ِ‫ﷲ‬ ِ ِ

38
Qaidah with Urdu & Roman English  Qaidah Taleem-ul-Qur’aan
 ‫ ا‬ ‫ہ   اُردو   اور   رو‬   ‫ ا آن‬  ‫ہ‬
َ َّ َ
ُ‫واﻟﺴﻼم‬ َ َ ّ َ
ِ ٰ ٰ ّ ‫ِﰲ‬
‫اﻟﺴﻤﻮت‬ ‫ﰷﻟﺪﮬﺎن‬
ِ ِ ِ ِ ِ‫َوﷲ‬
َْ َّ َ ٰ ّ ٰ َ ُ ْ ُ َّ ُ ْ ُ َ
‫واﻟﺬ‬
ِ ‫واﻟﺼﻠﺤﺖ‬
ِ ِ ‫ﯾﻘﻮل اﻟﺮﺳﻮل‬
Q) Saakin harf kay baad tashdeed
wala harf aaye to kistarha
    ‫ وا   ف آ‬      ‫  ف‬ (‫س‬
padhaingay? ‫  ؟‬  ‫  ح‬
A) Saakin harf key baad Tashdeed
wala harf Aaye to sakin harf     ‫ وا   ف آ‬      ‫  ف‬ (‫ج‬
nahein padha jaaye ga.
  ‫ وا‬          ‫  ف‬
Tashdeed waley kay saath mila
kar padhaingey. Yaaney Jazam     ‫  ۔ ٰ  م وا‬      
waley ko choodkar Tashdeed
waley harf say milakar -        ‫  ف‬ ‫ وا‬    ‫ڑ‬
padhaingay.

ُّ ْ َ َّ ْ ُ َّ ْ َّ ْ
‫ﺟﺪت‬ ‫ﻗﻞ ر‬ ‫ِاذظ‬ ‫ِﮐﺪت‬
ُّ َ
‫ﺟﺖ‬ ‫ﻗَُّﺮ‬ ‫اِ َّظ‬ َّ ِ
‫ﮐﺖ‬

َّ ْ َ َ َ
َ‫ﻣﺎوﻋﺪﺗﻨﺎ‬ ُّ ْ َ َ
ْ‫وﺟﺪﺗﻢ‬ ّ‫ﻗﻞ َّرب‬ُْ ُ َ َّ ْ ِ
ْ‫اذﻇﻠﻤﻮا‬ َّ ْ ْ َ َ
ِ ‫ﻟﻘﺪﮐﺪت‬ ِ
ْ
ُّ ْ ُ ْ َ َ َ
ْ ُّ ْ ِ ْ ُ
‫ﻳﺪرﮐﮑﻢ‬ َ َّ ْ ِ
َ‫اذذﮬﺐ‬ ُ ّ ْ َّ َ ٗ َّ ْ َ ْ َ
‫ﳔﻠﻘﮑﻢ‬ ‫اﱂ‬ ْ ‫ﻣﻬﺪت‬ ‫ﳚﻌﻞ ﻟﻪ‬
ُّ ْ َ َ
ْ‫اﻋﺪﺗﻢ‬ َ َْ َ‫رﺑﮏ‬ّ َّ ْ ِ
‫ﻟﻮ‬ ِ
Dabal Tashdeed

ّّْ
َ‫ﻋﻠﯿﲔ‬ َّ ُ
ُ ِّ ‫ﻣﺪ‬ ُ ّ َّ ُ ُ
َّ َّ َ ّ ٰ َّ َ ْ ُ ّ ِّ ِ
َ‫ﻋﻠﯿﻮن‬
ِِِ ‫ﻣﺰﻣﻞ‬
ِ ‫ﯾﺬﮐﺮ‬ ‫ﰽ‬
37
Qaidah with Urdu & Roman English Qaidah Taleem-ul-Qur’aan
 ‫ ا‬ ‫ہ   اُردو   اور   رو‬   ‫ ا آن‬  ‫ہ‬
َّ َ ّ ُ ّ ِ ّ‫َاب‬ َّ ُ َّ َّ َ
‫ات‬ ‫اب‬ ِ ‫اب‬ ِ ِ ‫اب‬ ‫اب‬ ِ ‫اب‬
َّ َّ َ ّ‫ات‬ ُ ِّ ِ ّ‫ات‬ َ َّ ُ َّ
‫ِاج‬ ‫اج‬ ِ ‫ات‬ ِ ‫ات‬ ‫ِات‬
ًّ َ ٌ ُ ّ ُ ّ ّ َ َّ ُ
‫ا‬ ‫ﺗﺐ‬ ّ ٍّ ِ
‫ﺗﺐ‬ ‫اج‬ ‫اج‬ ‫اج‬ ‫اج‬
ِ ِ ِ ِ
‫ﺑﺐ‬ٌّ ٌّ َ
‫ﺑﺐ‬ ّ‫ُاب‬ ‫اب‬ ّ ِ ّ‫َاب‬ ًّ ُ
‫ا‬
ًّ
‫ِا‬
ِ ٍ ٍ ٍ
ُ َّ ُ َ َّ َ ُ َّ َ َّ َ َّ َ َ ًّ َ ٌّ ُ
‫ﻗﻮۃ‬ ‫رﺑﮏ‬ ‫اول‬ َ‫ﮐﺬب‬ ‫ﻟﺪی‬ ‫ﺗﺒﺎ‬ ‫ﺑﺐ‬
َ َّ َّ َ َ ُّ ُ َّ َ ُّ َ‫ﻗﺪر‬ َّ َ َّ َ ْ َّ ُ
‫ﺣﺾ ﻓﺎﺻﺪق‬ ‫ﻋﺪ‬ ‫ِﰜ‬ َ‫ﻋﻠﻢ‬ ‫ﺳﲑت‬ ِ
َ َّ َّ َ َ ُّ َّ ُ ُ ِّ ‫ﻣﺪ‬ َّ ُ َ ِّ ‫ُز‬
‫رﺑﮏ‬ ِ َ
‫ﺣﺒﺐ‬ ْ‫ﮐﻮرت‬
ِ ‫ﯾﺘﻮل‬ َََ ‫َﺴ ِ ّ ُﺢ‬
Q) Mushaddad harf say pahley
walay harf par agar koi harkat
    ‫  ف   ا‬ ‫د  ف     وا‬  (‫س‬
na hoto padha jaata hai ya ‫؟‬           
nahein?
A) Tashdeed waley harf say pahley   ‫  ف   ا‬ ‫  ف     وا‬ ‫وا‬ (‫ج‬
waley harf par agar koi harkat
          ‫       و ہ‬  
na ho to woh likha jaata hai
laykin padha nahein jata. ‫  ۔‬

َّ َ َّ ّ َ ّٰ ّٰ َ
‫واﻟﺲ‬ ‫اﻟﺲ‬ ‫ِﰲ‬ ‫ﰷﻟﺪ‬
ِ ‫ِﻞ‬ ‫وا ﻞ‬
َّ َ
‫وس‬ ‫ِﻓ َّﺲ‬ ‫ﮐﺪ‬
ِّ َ ‫ِﺑ ّٰﻞ‬ ّٰ َ
‫ول‬
َّ ٰ َ َّ ُ
‫َوال‬ ّ
‫واﻟﺺ‬ ‫ل اﻟﺮ‬
َّ َ
‫ول‬ ّٰ َ
‫وص‬ ‫ﻟَُّﺮ‬
36
Qaidah with Urdu & Roman English Qaidah Taleem-ul-Qur’aan
 ‫ ا‬ ‫ہ   اُردو   اور   رو‬ ‫ ‬ ‫ ا آن‬ ‫ہ ‬
‫َ َّ‬ ‫َْ َ‬ ‫َ َّ‬ ‫َ ْ‬
‫ﺗﻢ ۔ مَ‬
‫ﰗ‬ ‫ﰗ۔ج‬ ‫ﺗﻢ‬

‫َ ّ‬
‫ﺗﺐَ‬ ‫َ ْ‬
‫ﺗﺐ ۔ بَ‬ ‫َ َّ‬
‫ﴎ‬ ‫ﴎ ۔ َر‬
‫َْ‬

‫َْ‬ ‫َ‬ ‫َ ْ‬
‫َ َّ‬
‫ﴐ‬ ‫ﴐ ۔ َر‬ ‫َ َّ‬
‫ﻣﺲ‬ ‫ﻣﺲ ۔ س‬
‫َ ُ ُّ‬ ‫ُ‬ ‫َ ُ ْ‬ ‫َ ُ ُّ‬ ‫ُ‬ ‫َ ُ ْ‬
‫ﳛﺾ‬ ‫ی ۔ ﺣﺾ ۔ ض‬ ‫ﯾﺪ ع‬ ‫ی ۔ دع ۔ ع‬
‫َ َ َّ‬ ‫َ َْ َ‬ ‫َا ۔ َ ْ‬
‫اﻣﺪ‬ ‫ا ۔ ﻣﺪ ۔ د‬ ‫ََ ّ‬
‫اﺣﺐَ‬ ‫ﺣﺐ ۔ بَ‬
‫َ َ َّ‬ ‫َ َ ْ َ‬
‫اﺿﻞ‬ ‫ا ۔ ﺿﻞ ۔ ل‬ ‫اﴎَ‬‫ََ ّ‬ ‫َا ۔ َ ْ‬
‫ﴎ ۔ رَ‬

‫َُُّ‬ ‫ُ‬ ‫ُ َْ‬ ‫َ َّ َ‬ ‫َْ َ َ‬

‫ﯾﺒﻠﻎ‬
‫ِ‬ ‫ی ۔ ﺑﻞ ۔ ِل ۔ غ‬ ‫ﺑﻠﻎ‬ ‫ﺑﻞ ۔ ل۔غ‬
‫َُّ‬ ‫ُ َْ‬
‫ﻋﻞ ۔ ل ۔ مُ‬ ‫َ َّ‬ ‫ﻋﻞ ۔ َل ۔ مَ‬
‫َْ‬
‫ﯾﻌﻠﻢُ‬
‫ِ‬ ‫ِ‬ ‫ی۔‬ ‫َ‬
‫ﻋﻠﻢ‬
‫َ َّ ُ‬ ‫َ ْ َ ِ ُ‬ ‫ْ َ َ َ‬
‫ﯾﺘﺨﺬ‬ ‫ِ‬ ‫ﯾﺖ ۔ ت ۔خ ۔ ذ‬ ‫اِ َّﺗ َﺨَﺬ‬ ‫ِات ۔ ت۔ خ۔ ذ‬
‫َ َّ‬ ‫َ َّ‬ ‫َ َّ‬ ‫َ َّ‬ ‫َ َّ‬ ‫َ َّ‬
‫ﻟﮫ‬ ‫ﻟَ َّﺢ‬ ‫ﻣﺚ‬ ‫ﻣﺺ‬ ‫ﻣﺲ‬ ‫ﺷﻂ‬ ‫ﺷﺖ‬
‫َ َّ‬ ‫َ َّ‬ ‫َ َّ‬ ‫َ َّ‬ ‫َ َّ‬ ‫َّ‬
‫ﺷﻆ‬ ‫ﺷﺾ‬ ‫ﺷﺬ‬ ‫رق‬ ‫َرخ‬
‫وﮬﺎبٌ‬ ‫َ َّ‬ ‫َ َّ ابٌ‬ ‫ﻏﻔﺎرٌ‬‫َ َّ‬ ‫َ َّ ٌ‬ ‫َ َّ ٌ‬ ‫ُ‬ ‫َ‬
‫رزاق‬ ‫ﺧﻼق‬ ‫ﷲ‬
‫‪35‬‬
‫‪Qaidah with Urdu & Roman English‬‬ ‫‪Qaidah Taleem-ul-Qur’aan‬‬
 ‫ ا‬ ‫ہ   اُردو   اور   رو‬   ‫ ا آن‬  ‫ہ‬

Tanveen aur Noon Saakin ki Mashq      ‫  اور  ن‬

ٌ ًَ ً
‫َﻣ ٍﺔ‬ ‫ﺳﻂ‬ ِ ‫ﯾﺔ‬ ‫َﺑﺪا‬
ِْ َ
‫ﻣﱳ‬ ْ ُ ِ
‫ﺳﻄﻦ‬ ْ ََ
‫ﯾﱳ‬ ْ ََ
‫ﺑﺪن‬
َ
‫ﻋﺬاب‬
ٍ
ََ َ َ
ً ‫ﻣﲀ‬ ًُْ
‫زورا‬ ْ
‫ﳁﻦ‬َ ‫ﻓﺎن‬
ٍ
َ ْ‫ُﮐﻦ‬ ْ‫َﻟﻦ‬

ْ ُ ُ ‫ﻗﺮﯾﺐ‬
ٌ ْ َ ‫رﺳﻮل‬ٌْ ُ َ ُْ ً ٌْ َ ً َْ
ً‫ﻗﺼﻮرا‬
ِ
ً‫ﲻﯿﺎ‬ ‫ُﮬﺪی‬ ‫ﻗﻌﯿﺪ‬
ِ ‫ﻗﻮﻻ‬
َ ٌَ َ ْ َ ٌ ْ ‫َﺑ‬ ٌ ََ َ ًْ َ
‫ﻏﺎﺳﻖ‬
ٍ ِ ‫ِﻏﺸﺎوۃ‬ ‫رﺣﯿﻖ‬
ٍ ِ ‫ﺖ‬ ‫ﻣﺮض‬ ‫ﻋﺎد‬
ٍ ‫ﻗﻠﯿﻼ‬ِ
َ َْ َ‫ﻓﺎﮐﻬ ٍﺔ‬ َ
‫ﺷﻘﺎق‬
ٍ ِ ‫ﺑﻌﺾ‬
ٍ ِ

◌ّ
Tashdeed ka bayaan ‫   ن‬ ١١

1) Tashdeed waley harf ko kitni bar

padha jaata hai? or Tashdeed
 ‫  ؟ اور‬  ‫  ف      ر‬ ‫ وا‬   (١
waley harf ko kiya kehte hai? ‫  ؟‬      ‫  ف‬ ‫ وا‬
A) Tashdeed waley harf ko do baar
padha jata hai our tashdeed      ‫  ف   دو ر‬ ‫ وا‬   (‫ج‬
waley harf ko Mushaddad kehte ‫  ۔‬  ‫  ف    ُ د‬ ‫ وا‬  ‫اور‬
hain.
2) Tashdeed kaisa banti hai? ‫      ؟‬ (٢
A) Ek sukoon aur ek harkat mil kar
          ‫ج( ا   ن اور ا‬
tashdeed banti hai.

َّ َ ‫ َب‬+‫اب‬ َّ َ = ‫ب‬+‫ اب‬
‫اب‬ َ ْ َ :  ‫   ۔‬
jaise: ‫اب‬ َْ
Note: Tashdeed ki awaaz may aik           ‫     آوا  ز  ا‬:‫ٹ‬
khisam ki saqti hoti hai.
‫۔‬
34
Qaidah with Urdu & Roman English Qaidah Taleem-ul-Qur’aan
 ‫ ا‬ ‫ہ   اُردو   اور   رو‬ ‫ ‬ ‫ ا آن‬ ‫ہ ‬

‫ٌ‬
‫ٌَْ‬
‫ﺑﯿﻊ‬ ‫ع‬ ‫ﺑﻴ ٍﻊ‬
‫َْ‬ ‫ٍع‬
‫َْ ً‬
‫ﺑﯿﻌﺎ‬ ‫ًﻋﺎ‬
‫ََ ٌ‬ ‫ٌ‬ ‫ََ ً‬ ‫ً‬
‫ﺑﻼغ‬ ‫غ‬ ‫ﺑﻼغ‬
‫ََ ٍ‬ ‫ٍغ‬ ‫ﺑﻼﻏﺎ‬ ‫ﻏﺎ‬
‫َْ ٌ‬ ‫ٌ‬ ‫َْ‬ ‫َْ ً‬ ‫ً‬
‫اﻟﻒ‬ ‫ف‬ ‫اﻟﻒ‬
‫ٍ‬ ‫ٍف‬ ‫اﻟﻔﺎ‬ ‫ﻓﺎ‬
‫َ ْ ٌ‬ ‫ٌ‬ ‫ْ‬ ‫َ‬ ‫َ ْ ً‬ ‫ً‬
‫ﺷﻮق‬ ‫ق‬ ‫ﺷﻮق‬
‫ٍ‬ ‫ٍق‬ ‫ﺷﻮﻗﺎ‬ ‫ﻗﺎ‬
‫َ ٌ‬ ‫َ ً‬ ‫ً‬
‫ﻣﻠﮏ‬
‫ِ‬ ‫ٌ‬
‫ک‬ ‫َِ ٍ‬
‫ﻣﻠﮏ‬ ‫ٍک‬ ‫ﻣﻠﲀ‬
‫ِ‬ ‫ﰷ‬
‫َ ٌ‬ ‫ٌ‬ ‫َ‬ ‫َ ً‬ ‫ً‬
‫ﻣﺎل‬ ‫ل‬ ‫ﻣﺎل‬
‫ٍ‬ ‫ٍل‬ ‫ﻣﺎﻻ‬ ‫ﻻ‬

‫َْ‬
‫ﻗﻮمٌ‬
‫ٌم‬ ‫ْ‬
‫ﻗﻮم‬
‫ٍ‬
‫َ‬
‫ٍم‬ ‫َْ‬
‫ﻗﻮﻣﺎً‬ ‫ًﻣﺎ‬

‫َ ْﻟﻮنٌ‬ ‫ٌن‬ ‫ﻟﻮن‬ ‫ْ‬ ‫َ‬

‫ٍن‬
‫َ ْﻟﻮ ً‬ ‫ً‬
‫ٍ‬
‫ُُ‬
‫ﻋﻠﻮٌ‬ ‫ُُ‬ ‫ُُ‬
‫ﻋﻠﻮاً‬
‫ٌو‬ ‫ﻋﻠﻮ‬
‫ٍ‬ ‫ٍو‬ ‫ًوا‬
‫ٌ‬ ‫َ ْ ً‬
‫وﺟﻪ‬
‫َ ٌْ‬ ‫ە‬ ‫وﺟ ٍﻪ‬
‫َ ْ‬ ‫ٍھ‬ ‫وﺟﻬﺎ‬ ‫ًﮬﺎ‬

‫َ ِ ٌی‬ ‫ٌی‬ ‫َ ِ ٍی‬ ‫ٍی‬ ‫َ ً‬

‫ِ‬ ‫ً‬

‫‪33‬‬
‫‪Qaidah with Urdu & Roman English‬‬ ‫‪Qaidah Taleem-ul-Qur’aan‬‬
 ‫ ا‬ ‫ہ   اُردو   اور   رو‬ ‫ ‬ ‫ ا آن‬ ‫ہ ‬

‫َ َ ٌ‬ ‫ٌ‬ ‫َ َ‬
‫ﻃﺒﺦ‬ ‫َ ًَ‬ ‫ً‬
‫ﻃﺒﺦ‬ ‫خ‬ ‫ٍ‬ ‫ٍخ‬ ‫ﻃﺒﺨﺎ‬ ‫ﺧﺎ‬
‫َ َ ٌ‬ ‫ٌ‬ ‫َ‬ ‫َ‬ ‫َ َ ً‬ ‫ً‬
‫ﺟﺴﺪ‬ ‫د‬ ‫ﺟﺴﺪ‬
‫ٍ‬ ‫ٍد‬ ‫ﺟﺴﺪا‬ ‫دا‬
‫ََ ٌ‬ ‫ٌ‬ ‫َ ٍَ‬ ‫ََ ً‬ ‫ً‬
‫ﻧﺒﺬ‬ ‫ذ‬ ‫ﻧﺒﺬ‬ ‫ٍذ‬ ‫ﻧﺒﺬا‬ ‫ذا‬

‫ﺧﲑ‬
‫َ ٌْ‬ ‫ٌر‬ ‫ﺧﲑ‬
‫َ ٍْ‬ ‫ٍر‬ ‫ﺧﲑا‬
‫َ ًْ‬ ‫ًرا‬

‫ﺧﺒ ٌﺰ‬ ‫ٌ‬ ‫ﺧﺒ ٍﺰ‬ ‫ﺧﺒ ًﺰا‬ ‫ً‬

‫ُْ‬ ‫ز‬ ‫ُْ‬ ‫ٍز‬ ‫ُْ‬ ‫زا‬
‫َ ٌ‬ ‫ٌ‬
‫س‬ ‫س‬ ‫َ ٍس‬ ‫ٍس‬ ‫َ ًﺳﺎ‬ ‫ًﺳﺎ‬
‫ٌ‬ ‫ٌ‬ ‫ً‬ ‫ً‬
‫َﻋ ْ ﺶ‬ ‫ش‬ ‫َﻋ ْ ٍﺶ‬ ‫ٍش‬ ‫َﻋ ْ ﺸﺎ‬ ‫ﺷﺎ‬
‫ْ ٌ‬ ‫ٌ‬ ‫ِْ ٍ‬ ‫ِْ ً‬
‫ِﺣﺮص‬ ‫ص‬ ‫ﺣﺮص‬ ‫ٍص‬ ‫ﺣﺮﺻﺎ‬ ‫ًﺻﺎ‬
‫َْ ٌ‬ ‫ٌ‬ ‫ْ‬ ‫َ‬ ‫َْ ً‬ ‫ً‬
‫ارض‬ ‫ض‬ ‫ٍ‬
‫ارض‬ ‫ٍض‬ ‫ارﺿﺎ‬ ‫ﺿﺎ‬
‫َ ْ ٌ‬ ‫َ ْ ً‬
‫ﺳﻮط‬ ‫ٌط‬ ‫َ ْ ٍ‬
‫ﺳﻮط‬ ‫ٍط‬ ‫ﺳﻮﻃﺎ‬ ‫ًﻃﺎ‬
‫َْ ٌ‬ ‫ٌ‬ ‫َْ‬ ‫َْ ً‬ ‫ً‬
‫ﻟﻔﻆ‬ ‫ظ‬ ‫ﻟﻔﻆ‬
‫ٍ‬ ‫ٍظ‬ ‫ﻟﻔﻈﺎ‬ ‫ﻇﺎ‬
‫‪32‬‬
‫‪Qaidah with Urdu & Roman English‬‬ ‫‪Qaidah Taleem-ul-Qur’aan‬‬
 ‫ ا‬ ‫ہ   اُردو   اور   رو‬ ‫ ‬ ‫ ا آن‬ ‫ہ ‬

‫ٍث‬ ‫َْ‬ ‫ً‬ ‫ُْ‬ ‫ٌ‬

‫ت‬ ‫ِْ‬ ‫ٍت‬ ‫َْ‬ ‫ً‬

‫ً‬
‫دا‬ ‫ُ ْ‬
‫ﺟﻦ‬
‫ٌ‬
‫ج‬ ‫ِ ْ‬
‫ﺟﻦ‬ ‫ٍج‬ ‫َ ْ‬
‫ﺟﻦ‬ ‫ًﺟﺎ‬ ‫ُْ‬ ‫ٌ‬
‫ث‬

‫ُْ‬ ‫ٌ‬ ‫ِْ‬ ‫َ ْ‬

‫دن‬ ‫د‬ ‫دن‬ ‫ٍد‬ ‫دن‬

‫‪Ismain tanveen hai, huroof-e-Madda‬‬

‫‪our leen bhi hai qalqala bhi hai.‬‬
‫   ‬ ‫ف ہ اور       ‬
‫    و  ‬ ‫اس   ‬
‫۔‬

‫ُْ ٌ‬ ‫ٌ‬ ‫ُْ‬ ‫ُ ْ ًٔ‬ ‫ً‬

‫ﺟﺰء‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ﺟﺰء‬
‫ٍ‬ ‫ٍا‬ ‫ﺟﺰ‬ ‫ا‬

‫َ ٌب‬ ‫ٌب‬ ‫َ ٍب‬ ‫ٍب‬ ‫َ ً‬ ‫ً‬

‫َﺑ ْ ٌ‬ ‫ْ‬ ‫ً‬

‫ﺖ‬ ‫ٌ‬
‫ت‬ ‫َﺑ ٍ‬
‫ﺖ‬ ‫ٍت‬ ‫َﺑ ْ ًﺘﺎ‬

‫َْ ٌ‬ ‫ٌ‬ ‫َْ‬ ‫ًَْ‬ ‫ً‬

‫ﺑﻌﺚ‬ ‫ث‬ ‫ﺑﻌﺚ‬
‫ٍ‬ ‫ٍث‬ ‫ﺑﻌﺜﺎ‬
‫َ َ ٌ‬ ‫ٌ‬
‫ﺣﺮج‬ ‫ج‬ ‫ﺣﺮج‬
‫ٍ‬
‫َ َ‬ ‫ٍج‬ ‫َ َ ً‬
‫ﺣﺮﺟﺎ‬ ‫ًﺟﺎ‬
‫ََ ٌ‬ ‫ٌ‬ ‫َﻓﻼحٍ‬
‫َ‬ ‫ََ‬
‫ﻓﻼح‬ ‫ح‬ ‫ٍح‬ ‫ﻓﻼﺣﺎً‬ ‫ًﺣﺎ‬

‫‪31‬‬
‫‪Qaidah with Urdu & Roman English‬‬ ‫‪Qaidah Taleem-ul-Qur’aan‬‬
 ‫ ا‬ ‫ہ   اُردو   اور   رو‬   ‫ ا آن‬  ‫ہ‬

Tanveen ka bayaan ٌ ‫   ن‬ ١٠

1) Tanveen kisay kahetain hai?

‫  ؟‬     (1
A) Do Zabar, Do zer, Do paish ko
tanveen kaheytein hain. ‫  ۔‬         ‫ج( دو  ز  ۔۔ً   دوز  ۔ٍ  اور دو‬
2) Tanveen main kounsay harf ki
aawaz chupi hoti hai?
    ‫  ف   آوا  ز‬       (٢
A) Tanveen main Noon-e-Sakin ki ‫  ؟‬
aawaz nikalti hai.
-    ‫ )ن(   آوا  ز‬ ْ  ‫    ِن‬ (‫ج‬
Jaisey: ‫ ﺑَ ْﻦ‬: ‫ﺑﺎ‬-
ً ‫ﺑِ ْﻦ‬:‫ ٍب‬-‫ﺑُ ْﻦ‬:‫ٌب‬
Note: Do zabar ki tanveen main alif ‫ﺑُ ْﻦ‬:‫ ٌب‬- ‫ﺑِ ْﻦ‬:‫ ٍب‬- ‫ ﺑَ ْﻦ‬: ‫ ً ﺑﺎ‬: 
likha jayega laikin padha nahin jayega
            ‫   ا‬     ‫  دوز‬:‫ٹ‬
waisay hi (‫ )ی‬likhi jayegi magar padhi
nahi jayegi. (Tanveen ki awaz naak            (‫  ۔ و    )ى‬  
may jati hai)
(      ‫   آوا  ز ك‬ ) ‫  ۔‬  

‫ٌو‬ ‫ٍو‬ ‫ًوا‬ ‫ٌب‬ ‫ٍب‬ ً ‫ٌم‬ ‫ٍم‬ ‫ًﻣﺎ‬

ٌ ً ٌ ً ٌ ً
‫ذ‬ ‫ٍذ‬ ‫ذی‬ ‫ث‬ ‫ٍث‬ ‫ف‬ ‫ٍﻓﺎ‬ ‫ﻓﺎ‬
ٌ ٌ ً ٌ ً
‫س‬ ‫ٍس‬ ‫ًﺳﺎ‬ ‫ز‬ ‫ٍز‬ ‫زا‬ ‫ظ‬ ‫ٍظ‬ ‫ﻇﺎ‬
ٌ ً ٌ ً ٌ
‫د‬ ‫ٍد‬ ‫دی‬ ‫ۃ‬ ‫ٍت‬ ‫ۃ‬ ‫ص‬ ‫ٍص‬ ‫ًﺻﺎ‬

30
Qaidah with Urdu & Roman English Qaidah Taleem-ul-Qur’aan
 ‫ ا‬ ‫ہ   اُردو   اور   رو‬ ‫ ‬ ‫ ا آن‬ ‫ہ ‬

‫َ‬ ‫ْ‬ ‫َ‬ ‫َ‬ ‫ْ‬ ‫َ‬ ‫ْ‬ ‫ُ‬ ‫ْ َٗ َ ُ ْ َ‬ ‫َ َ ََ ََ َ‬

‫ﻟﮏ ۔ ِﱄ ۔ ﻟﻪ ۔ ﻟﮑﻢ ۔ ﻟﻬﻢ ۔ ﻋﻨﮏ ۔ ﻋﳯﺎ ۔‬ ‫ﻟﮏ ۔ ﻟﻨﺎ ۔ ﻟﻬﺎ ۔ ِ‬
‫َ‬ ‫ْ‬ ‫ْ ُ‬ ‫ْ‬ ‫ََْ َ ََْ ُ‬ ‫ْ‬ ‫َْ ُ‬ ‫ﻋﻨﻪ ۔ َ ْ ُ ْ‬ ‫َْ ُ‬ ‫َْ‬
‫ﻋﳯﻢ ۔ ﻋﻨﮑﻢ ۔ ﻋﻠﯿﻨﺎ ۔ ﻋﻠﯿﮑﻢ ۔ ِﻣﻨﻪ ۔ ِﻣﳯﺎ ۔‬ ‫ﻋﻨﮏ‬ ‫ِ‬
‫ْ‬ ‫ََ‬ ‫َ‬ ‫ْ‬ ‫ْ‬ ‫ْ‬ ‫َ‬ ‫ْ‬ ‫ْ‬ ‫ْ‬ ‫ُ‬ ‫ْ‬ ‫ْ‬ ‫ْ ُ‬ ‫ْ َ‬
‫ِ‬
‫ﻋﻠﯿﻪ ۔‬ ‫ﻓﳱﻤﺎ ۔‬ ‫ِ‬ ‫ِ‬ ‫۔‬ ‫ﻓﳱﻢ‬ ‫ِ‬ ‫ِ‬ ‫۔‬ ‫ﻓﳱﺎ‬ ‫ِ‬ ‫۔‬ ‫ِ‬
‫ﻓﯿﻪ‬ ‫ِ‬ ‫۔‬ ‫ﻣﳯﻢ‬ ‫ِ‬ ‫۔‬ ‫ﻣﻨﮑﻢ‬ ‫ِ‬ ‫۔‬ ‫ﻣﻨﮏ‬ ‫ِ‬
‫اﻟﳱﺎَ‬‫اﻟﯿﻪ ۔ ِ َ ْ‬ ‫ﰉ ۔ ِ َ ِْ‬ ‫ﺑﮑﻢ ۔ ْ‬ ‫ﺑﮏ ۔ ُ ْ‬ ‫ﲠﺎ ۔ ﺑﮏَ‬ ‫ﺑﻪ ۔ َ‬ ‫ْ‬ ‫ْ‬ ‫ََ‬ ‫َ‬ ‫ْ‬ ‫ََ‬
‫ِ‬ ‫ِ ِ ِ‬ ‫ِ‬ ‫ﻋﻠﳱﻢ ۔ ِ ِ ِ‬ ‫ِ‬ ‫ﻋﻠﳱﺎ ۔‬
‫اﮐﱪ ۔ َ ْ َ‬
‫اﮐﱪْ‬ ‫اﻟﯿﮑﻤﺎ ۔ َ ْ َ ُ‬ ‫اﻟﯿﮏ ۔ ِ َ ْ ُ َ‬ ‫ْ‬ ‫َ‬ ‫َ‬
‫اﻟﳱﻢ ِاﻟﯿﻨﺎ ۔ ِ ِ‬ ‫ْ‬ ‫َْ ْ َ‬ ‫ْ‬ ‫َْ ُ‬ ‫َ‬ ‫ْ‬ ‫َ‬
‫۔ ِاﻟﯿﮏ ۔ ِاﻟﯿﮑﻢ ۔ ِ ِ‬
‫َ‬ ‫ْ‬ ‫َ‬ ‫َ ْ َ ُ َ ْ َْ َْ َ ُ َْ َْ َْ َ ُ َْ َ ْ َْ‬
‫۔ اﺻﻐﺮ ۔ اﺻﻐﺮ ۔ اﲪﺪ ۔ اﲪﺪ ۔ اﻃﻬﺮ ۔ اﻃﻬﺮ ۔ اﻧﻌﻤﺖ ۔‬
‫َ‬ ‫َ َ َْ َ ََ ْ َ‬ ‫َْ َْ ُ َََ َْ َ ْ َ ٰ َ ْ ُ َْ َْ‬
‫اﻗﺒﻠﺖ ۔ اراﯾﺖ ۔ اﱂ ۔‬ ‫ِ‬ ‫اﺳﻠﻤﺖ ۔ﲻﺮ ۔ اﺣﺴ ﺖ ۔ اﻣﻨﺖ ۔‬
‫وﱂْ‬ ‫ََ‬ ‫ََ ْ َ ُ ْ َ ْ َ ْ‬ ‫ْ‬ ‫ََ ْ َ ْ َ ْ ََ ْ َ ْ َ ْ ََ ْ َ ْ َ‬
‫ﯾﻠﺪ ۔‬
‫اﱂ ﳚﻌﻞ اﱂ ﴩح ۔ اﱂ ﯾﻌﻠﻢ ۔ اﱂ اﻗﻞ ۔ ﱂ ِ‬
‫َ َ َ َ‬ ‫َ ََ‬ ‫ٰ‬ ‫َ َْ‬ ‫ْ‬ ‫َ َْ ََْ‬ ‫ََْ َ ُ‬ ‫ُْ َْ‬
‫َ‬
‫ﻟﺪ ۔ وﱂ ﯾﮑﻦ ۔ ﻣﺎﱂ ﯾﻌﻠﻢ ۔ ﻣﺎاﻏﲎ ۔ ِاذاوﻗﺐ ۔ ِاذاﺣﺴﺪ ۔‬ ‫ْ‬
‫ٰ‬ ‫ْ‬ ‫َ‬ ‫َ‬ ‫ْ َ َ َ َ َ َ َ َ َْ َ َ‬ ‫َ ُْ َ‬ ‫َ‬ ‫َ َٓ‬
‫اذازﻟﺰﻟﺖ ۔ ِاذﻗﺎل ۔ وﻣﺎﮐﺴﺐ ۔ وارﺳﻞ ۔ ﺳ ﺼﲇ ۔‬ ‫ِ ِ‬ ‫ِاذاﺟﺎء ۔ ِ‬
‫َ ْ َ ْ ُ َ ْ َ ْ َ ُ َ ْ َ َٔ ُ ٗ‬ ‫ْ‬ ‫ُ‬ ‫َ‬ ‫َ‬ ‫َْ َ َ ُ ْ ٰ‬ ‫َ‬ ‫َ َ َ‬
‫ﻣﺎﺧﻠﻖ ۔ اﻃﻌﻤﻬﻢ ۔ اﻣﳯﻢ ۔ واﳓﺮ ۔ ﮬﻮاﻻﺑﱰ ۔ واﻣﺮ ﺗﻪ‬
‫َ‬ ‫ْ‬ ‫ُ‬ ‫َ‬ ‫َ ُ ْ َ َْ َ ُ ْ َ َْ‬ ‫ْ‬ ‫َ ْ َْ ْٗ ََُُْْ‬
‫اﻟﲀﻓﺮون ۔ اﻟﻤﺎﻋﻮن ۔‬ ‫ِ‬ ‫ﻋﺎﺑﺪون ۔‬
‫ﻐﻔﺮە ۔ ﻓﻠﯿﻌﺒﺪو ا ۔ ِ‬ ‫واﺳ ِ‬
‫َ َُُْ‬ ‫َْ ُ ُْ َ َ ْ ُ ُ ْ َ َْ َ ُْ َ ُْ َ ُْ ُ َُ ْ ُ‬
‫ﺳﻮس ۔ ﻻاﻋﺒﺪ ۔‬ ‫ِ‬ ‫ﯾﺪﺧﻠﻮن ۔ ﺗﻌﺒﺪون ۔ ﳝﻨﻌﻮن ۔ ﻗﻞ اﻋﻮذ ۔‬
‫ْ‬ ‫ْ‬ ‫ْ‬ ‫َ‬ ‫َ‬ ‫ٰ‬ ‫َ‬ ‫َُْ‬ ‫ْ‬ ‫ُ‬ ‫َْ َ‬ ‫َ‬ ‫ٰ‬ ‫ْ‬ ‫َ‬ ‫ْ‬ ‫ْ َ َ‬
‫ﻟﻤﺴﮑﲔ‬
‫ﻃﻌﺎم ا ِ ِ ِ‬ ‫ِ‬ ‫اﻟﻌﻘﺪ ۔‬
‫ِ‬ ‫اﮬﺪ ۔ اﻋﻄﯿﻨﮏ ۔ ﮐﯿﺪﮬﻢ ۔ ِﰲ‬ ‫ِ ِ‬
‫‪29‬‬
‫‪Qaidah with Urdu & Roman English‬‬ ‫‪Qaidah Taleem-ul-Qur’aan‬‬
 ‫ ا‬ ‫ہ   اُردو   اور   رو‬ ‫ ‬ ‫ ا آن‬ ‫ہ ‬
‫ُْ َ‬ ‫َ‬ ‫ُاوْ‬ ‫ُ َ‬ ‫َ‬ ‫ُ‬
‫ِ‬
‫اوﰻ‬ ‫ل‬ ‫ِک‬ ‫اﰻ‬‫ِ‬ ‫ل‬ ‫ِک‬ ‫ا‬

‫ُْ َ‬ ‫َ‬ ‫ُْ‬ ‫ُﺗﺒﻊَ‬ ‫َ‬ ‫ُ‬

‫ﺑﻊ‬
‫ِ‬ ‫ع‬ ‫ِب‬ ‫ِ‬ ‫ع‬ ‫ِب‬ ‫ت‬
‫ُْ َ‬ ‫َ‬ ‫ُﻗﻮْ‬ ‫ُ َ‬ ‫َ‬ ‫ُ‬
‫ﻗﻮﺗﻞ‬
‫ِ‬ ‫ل‬ ‫ِت‬ ‫ﻗﺘﻞ‬‫ِ‬ ‫ل‬ ‫ِت‬ ‫ق‬
‫ُْ َ‬ ‫ُ َ‬ ‫ُﺗﺒﻊَ‬ ‫ُْ َ‬ ‫ُ َ‬
‫ﻗﻮﺗﻞ‬
‫ِ‬ ‫ﻗﺘﻞ‬‫ِ‬ ‫ُﺗ ْﻮﺑِ َﻊ‬ ‫ِ‬ ‫ِ‬
‫اوﰻ‬ ‫اﰻ‬‫ِ‬

‫َا ْﺻ َـﻐﺮْ‬ ‫َﻏﺮْ‬ ‫َ ْ‬

‫اص‬ ‫َ َْ‬
‫اﮐﱪْ‬ ‫َْ‬ ‫َاکْ‬

‫َْ َ‬
‫اﻃﻬﺮْ‬ ‫َْ‬
‫ﮬﺮ‬ ‫َاطْ‬ ‫ََْْ‬
‫اﲪﺪ‬
‫ْ‬
‫َﻣﺪ‬
‫َ ْ‬
‫اح‬
‫َْ َ‬
‫اﺣﺴﻦْ‬ ‫َ ْ‬ ‫َ ْ‬ ‫َْ َْ‬ ‫َْ‬ ‫َ ْ‬
‫ﺳﻦ‬ ‫اح‬ ‫اﲨﻞ‬ ‫ﻣﻞ‬ ‫اج‬
‫َ َْْ‬ ‫َْ‬ ‫َاکْ‬ ‫ََْ‬
‫اﻋﻠﻢْ‬ ‫َﱂْ‬ ‫َ ْ‬
‫اﮐﻤﻞ‬ ‫ﻣﻞ‬ ‫اع‬
‫ِْ ْ‬ ‫ْ‬
‫اﻏﻔﺮْ‬ ‫ِْ ِ‬
‫اﮐﺴﺐ‬ ‫ِ ْ ِْ‬
‫اﺻﱪ‬ ‫ِ ِْْ‬
‫اﺟﻠﺲ‬ ‫ِ ِْ ْ‬
‫اﴐب‬
‫ارﺟﻊ‬
‫ِ‬ ‫ِ ِ‬ ‫ْ‬
‫ُُْْ‬ ‫ْ‬ ‫ُ ْ‬ ‫ُْ ُ‬ ‫ُانْ‬
‫اﻋﺒﺪ‬ ‫ُﺑﺪ‬ ‫اع‬ ‫اﻧﴫْ‬ ‫ُْ‬
‫ﴏ‬
‫ُْ ُْ‬ ‫ْ‬ ‫ُْ‬ ‫ُْ ُ‬
‫اذﮐﺮْ‬ ‫ُﮐﺮْ‬ ‫ُْ‬
‫اﲭﺪ‬ ‫ُﺟﺪ‬ ‫اس‬ ‫اذ‬
‫ُْ ُ‬ ‫ُْ ُ‬ ‫ُْ ُ‬ ‫ُُْْ‬ ‫ُْ ُ‬
‫اﺷﮑﺮْ‬ ‫ْ‬
‫اﻃﻠﺐ‬ ‫اﺳﺠﺪ‬
‫ُْ ُ ْ‬
‫اذﮐﺮْ‬ ‫اﻋﺒﺪ‬ ‫اﻧﴫْ‬
‫‪28‬‬
‫‪Qaidah with Urdu & Roman English‬‬ ‫‪Qaidah Taleem-ul-Qur’aan‬‬
 ‫ ا‬ ‫ہ   اُردو   اور   رو‬ ‫ ‬ ‫ ا آن‬ ‫ہ ‬
‫ٰ َ َ‬ ‫َ‬ ‫َ‬ ‫ٰ‬ ‫ََ َ‬ ‫َ‬ ‫َ‬ ‫َ‬
‫اﺧﺬ‬ ‫ذ‬ ‫خ‬ ‫ا‬ ‫اﺧﺬ‬ ‫ذ‬ ‫خ‬ ‫ا‬
‫َ ََ‬ ‫َ‬ ‫َ‬ ‫َََ‬ ‫َ‬ ‫َ‬ ‫َ‬
‫ﺟﺎﮬﺪ‬ ‫د‬ ‫ھ‬ ‫َﺟﺎ‬ ‫ﺟﻬﺪ‬ ‫د‬ ‫ھ‬ ‫ج‬
‫َ ََ‬ ‫َ‬ ‫َ‬ ‫َ‬ ‫َََ‬ ‫َ‬ ‫َ‬ ‫َ‬
‫ﻗﺎﺗﻞ‬ ‫ل‬ ‫ت‬ ‫ﻗﺎ‬ ‫ﻗﺘﻞ‬ ‫ل‬ ‫ت‬ ‫ق‬
‫َ َ‬ ‫َ‬ ‫َ‬ ‫َ َ‬ ‫َ‬ ‫َ‬
‫ﻗﺎﻻ‬ ‫ﻻ‬ ‫ﻗﺎ‬ ‫ﻗﺎل‬ ‫ل‬ ‫ﻗﺎ‬
‫َْ‬
‫ﺑﯿﻊ‬ ‫َ‬ ‫ْ‬
‫ﰉ‬ ‫َ‬
‫ِ‬ ‫ع‬ ‫ِ‬ ‫ﺑ َِﻊ‬ ‫ع‬ ‫ِب‬
‫َ‬
‫ِﺳ ْ َﻖ‬ ‫ق‬
‫َ‬ ‫ِْ‬
‫ﳻ‬ ‫ﺳﻖ‬ ‫ِ‬ ‫ق‬
‫َ‬
‫ِس‬
‫َْ‬ ‫َ‬ ‫ِْ‬ ‫َ‬ ‫َ‬
‫ِﻗﯿﻞ‬ ‫ل‬ ‫ﰶ‬ ‫ِﻗﻞ‬ ‫ل‬ ‫ِق‬
‫َ‬ ‫َ‬
‫َِْ َ‬
‫ﻋﻠﯿﻢ‬ ‫َم‬ ‫ِ ْﱄ‬ ‫ع‬ ‫َِ َ‬
‫ﻋﻠﻢ‬ ‫َم‬ ‫ِل‬ ‫ع‬

‫َ َْ‬ ‫َ‬ ‫ِْ‬ ‫َ‬ ‫َ َ‬ ‫َ‬ ‫َ‬

‫ﲰﯿﻊ‬
‫ِ‬ ‫ع‬ ‫ﱊ‬ ‫س‬ ‫ﲰﻊ‬
‫ِ‬ ‫ع‬ ‫ِم‬ ‫س‬
‫ََِ‬
‫َ ِْ َ‬
‫رﺣﯿﻢ‬ ‫َم‬ ‫ِْ‬ ‫َر‬ ‫رﰘ‬ ‫َم‬ ‫ِح‬ ‫َر‬

‫َِ َ‬ ‫َْ‬ ‫َ‬ ‫َ‬ ‫َْ‬

‫ﻋﻠﻢ‬ ‫ِﻗﯿﻞ‬ ‫ِﻗﻞ‬ ‫ِﺳ ْ َﻖ‬ ‫ﺳﻖ‬ ‫ِ‬ ‫ﺑﯿﻊ‬‫ِ‬ ‫ﺑ َِﻊ‬
‫َ ِْ َ‬ ‫ََِ‬ ‫َ َْ‬
‫ﲰﯿﻊ‬
‫ِ‬
‫َ َ‬
‫ﲰﻊ‬
‫ِ‬ ‫َِْ َ‬
‫ﻋﻠﯿﻢ‬
‫رﺣﯿﻢ‬ ‫رﰘ‬
‫‪27‬‬
‫‪Qaidah with Urdu & Roman English‬‬ ‫‪Qaidah Taleem-ul-Qur’aan‬‬
 ‫ ا‬ ‫ہ   اُردو   اور   رو‬ ‫ ‬ ‫ ا آن‬ ‫ہ ‬

‫‪٩‬‬
‫‪Khada zabar, khada zer‬‬
‫ا ز ‘  ا ز  اور اُ‬
‫‪aur ulta pesh‬‬
‫)‪1‬‬ ‫‪Khada zabar khada zer our ulta‬‬
‫?‪peish ko kis tarha padhaingay‬‬
‫ ‬ ‫ا ز  ۔۔ٰ۔۔  ا   ز  ۔۔ٖ۔۔  اور ا‬ ‫‪(1‬‬
‫)‪A‬‬ ‫۔۔ٖ۔۔ ‪, Khada zer‬۔۔ٰ۔۔ ‪Khada zabar‬‬ ‫   ؟‬ ‫۔۔ٗ۔۔      ح ‬
‫‪ ek alif kay‬۔۔ٗ۔۔۔ ‪our ulta pesh‬‬
‫‪barabar kheench kar padhain‬‬ ‫ا ز  ۔۔ٰ۔‘          ا        ۔ٖ۔‘ اور ا‬ ‫ج(‬
‫‪gay.‬‬
‫  ۔‬ ‫   ‬ ‫۔ٗ۔   ا  ا     ا  ‬
‫‪Mashq‬‬ ‫ﻣﺷﻖ‬
‫ض‬ ‫ص‬ ‫ن‬ ‫و‬ ‫ل‬ ‫م‬ ‫ی‬ ‫ب‬

‫ت‬ ‫خ‬ ‫ح‬ ‫غ‬ ‫ع‬ ‫ھ‬ ‫ء‬ ‫ف‬

‫ذ‬ ‫د‬ ‫ج‬ ‫ث‬ ‫ە‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ک‬ ‫ق‬

‫ٰ َ‬ ‫ِٰ ُ َ‬ ‫ٰﻏﻮ ْ َ‬
‫ٰ ٰ ُِ‬ ‫ٰﻣﻠﮏَ‬ ‫َ‬ ‫ٰا َ‬ ‫ٰ َ‬
‫ادمَ‬
‫ﮬﺬا‬ ‫اﻟﻬﻨﺎ‬ ‫ﯾﺼﻠﺢ‬ ‫ِ‬ ‫ِ‬
‫ٰ‬ ‫ٰذﻟﮏَ‬
‫ٰ ٰ‬ ‫ٰ‬ ‫ٰ‬ ‫َ‬ ‫ََٰ ُ‬ ‫ُ‬ ‫ٰ‬
‫ِٖ‬
‫ﺑﻪ‬ ‫ٖاﻟﻒ‬
‫ِ‬ ‫رﺳﻠﺖ‬
‫ِ ِ‬ ‫ِ‬ ‫ﲰﻮت‬
‫ِ‬ ‫ە‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ﮐﺘﺐ‬ ‫ِ‬
‫َ‬ ‫ٰ‬ ‫ٰ‬ ‫ٰ‬ ‫َ‬ ‫ُ‬
‫ٰ‬
‫ﺑﳫﻤﺘﻪٖ‬
‫ﯾﺘﻪ ِ ِ ِ‬‫ٖ‬ ‫ِ ِ‬ ‫ﮬﺬە‬
‫ِٖ‬ ‫ٖ‬
‫وﻗﯿﻠﻪ‬ ‫ْ‬
‫ِ ِ‬ ‫رە‬
‫ِٖ‬ ‫ْ‬ ‫ﻋﺒﺎدە ُ ُ ِ ٖ‬
‫رﺳﻠﻪ‬ ‫ِ َ ِٖ‬
‫َ َُٗ‬
‫ﺗﻼوﺗﻪ َ َ ْ ُ ٗ‬ ‫ُ ُْ ُٗ‬ ‫َ ٗ َ‬ ‫َٗ‬ ‫ْ‬ ‫َ ْٔ‬
‫ﻣﻮازﯾﻨﻪ‬ ‫ِ‬ ‫داود ﺟﻨﻮدە ِ‬ ‫وﯾﻠﻪ ﻟﻪ‬ ‫َِِِْٖ‬
‫ﺑﯿﻤﯿﻨﻪ ِﺑﺘ ِ ِ ٖ‬
‫‪26‬‬
‫‪Qaidah with Urdu & Roman English‬‬ ‫‪Qaidah Taleem-ul-Qur’aan‬‬
 ‫ ا‬ ‫ہ   اُردو   اور   رو‬ ‫ ‬ ‫ ا آن‬ ‫ہ ‬

‫‪Huroof-e-Maddah aur Huroof-e-Leen‬‬

‫‪ke Mashq‬‬
‫ف ہ اور  و ِ  ‬
‫ف    ‬ ‫و ِ ‬

‫ﻣﻮتُ‬ ‫َْ‬ ‫َْ ُ‬ ‫ﮐﻮ َ َ‬

‫َْ‬ ‫َ ْ َ‬ ‫َْ ُ‬ ‫ََْ‬ ‫ْ‬ ‫َ‬
‫ﻓﻮز‬ ‫ﺳﻮف‬ ‫ﺻﻮم‬ ‫ﺣﻮل‬ ‫اوف‬
‫ِ‬
‫َ‬ ‫ْ‬ ‫َٰ‬ ‫ﻋﯿ َ ْ‬‫َْ‬ ‫َ َْ‬
‫ﺑﻐﻮتَ‬ ‫َ َْ‬
‫ﺑﻠﻮ َ‬ ‫ََْ َ‬ ‫ََُْ‬ ‫ْ‬ ‫َٰ‬
‫ﲔ ﯾﻠﯿ ِﲎْ‬ ‫ِ‬ ‫ﺑﻨﻮﮬﺎ‬ ‫ﴍوە‬ ‫ﯾﻘﻮم‬
‫ِ‬
‫ﺑﲔَ‬ ‫َْ َ ْ ُ‬
‫اوﺣﯿﺖ َ ْ‬ ‫َا َ َ ْﯾ ِﻪ َ ْ َ‬
‫ﮬﳱﺎتَ‬ ‫ﻓﺘﻌﺎﻟﲔ َا ْ َ‬ ‫َََ ََْ‬ ‫َ ْ ِ‬
‫ﺻﯿﻒ‬
‫ﻋﻠﳱﺎَ‬‫ََْ‬ ‫ﻏﲑیْ‬ ‫َْ‬ ‫ﻻرﯾﺐ َ َ ْ‬
‫ﻗﻀﯿﺖُ‬ ‫ْ‬ ‫َ‬ ‫َ‬ ‫ٰ‬ ‫ْ‬ ‫ُ َ‬ ‫َِْ َ‬ ‫ََ ْ‬
‫ِ‬ ‫َ‬ ‫اﻟﯿﮏ ﺳﻠﯿﻤﻦَ‬ ‫ﯾﺪﯾ ِﻪ‬
‫ِْ َْ َ‬
‫ﻓﺮﻋﻮن‬ ‫رءوﺳﻬﻢْ‬ ‫ﺳﻒ َ ْﺴ َ ْ ُ ْ َ‬
‫ﻮﻓﻮن ُ ُ ِْ‬ ‫ُْ ُ ُ‬ ‫ﻋﻠﳱﻢْ‬ ‫ََْ‬ ‫ﺑﻨ ْ َﻨﺎ‬
‫ََ‬
‫ِ‬ ‫ِ‬
‫ََْ ََ‬ ‫ََْ‬ ‫ْ‬ ‫َ َْ َُْ َ َْ َ‬ ‫ْ‬ ‫َ‬
‫وﳖﺎ‬ ‫ﮬﳱﺎتَ‬ ‫ﲔ‬ ‫ْ‬ ‫َ ِ َِْ‬
‫ﯾﺪی ﺳ ﻌﻠﻤﻮن ﻋﯿ ِ‬ ‫ِ ِ‬ ‫رازﻗﲔ‬
‫َ ِْ‬
‫ﮐﯿﺪیْ‬ ‫ﺻﺎﳊﻮنَ‬
‫َ ِ ُْ‬ ‫َْ َ ً‬
‫او دا‬
‫َ ْ ُْ ُ‬
‫ﻣﻮﻋﻮد‬ ‫ﻣﲀن‬‫َ‬ ‫َ َ‬ ‫َ ُْ َ‬
‫ﻣﺎﻋﻮن‬
‫دﻋﻮتُ‬ ‫َ َْ‬ ‫ﮐﻔﺮون َ ْ َ ُ ْ‬
‫ﺴﻤﻌﻮنَ‬ ‫ُِْٰ َ‬ ‫ﲎ‬ ‫َﺑ ْ ِ ْ‬
‫‪1) Mad-e-Leen Ariz : Agar Huroof-e-‬‬
‫‪leen ke baad waqf ki wajah se‬‬
‫   و  ‬ ‫ف      و‬
‫‪   ِ  (١‬رض  ‪ :‬ا   و  ‬
‫‪sukoon-e-arzi lagae to Mad-e-ariz‬‬ ‫ ا  ‬ ‫    ِ  رض    ‬ ‫  ِن  ر  ‬
‫‪leen hoga isko ek ya do ya teen alif‬‬
‫َ ْ ‪ ٌ َْ 0 ْ ْ َ 0‬ط َ‬
‫‪kheench kar padhe. Jaise:‬‬ ‫   ۔   ‪ :‬‬ ‫ا    دو      ا      ‬
‫ْ‬ ‫ْ‬ ‫َ‬ ‫َ‬ ‫َْْ‬ ‫َ‬
‫م م (‬
‫ط‬ ‫)ﺧﻮف ﺧﻮف‬ ‫ٍ‬ ‫ْ ٌمط ْ ْم ط (‬ ‫ﺧﻮف ‪0‬‬ ‫ْ ٍ‬
‫)ﺧﻮف ‪0‬‬

‫‪2) Mad-e-Lazim leen: Huroof-e-leen‬‬

‫‪ke baad sukoon-e-asli ho to Mad-e-‬‬ ‫ف       ِن ا      ‬ ‫‪  ِ   (٢‬زم    ‪  :‬و  ‬
‫‪lazim leen hoga. Jaise:‬‬ ‫ﻋﲔ غ ۔ َ ْ ْ‬
‫  زم      ۔  ‪) :‬ع ۔ َ ْ ْ‬
‫غ۔ َ ْ ْ‬
‫ﻏﲔ (‬ ‫ )ع ۔ َ ْ ْ‬
‫ﻋﲔ‬
‫ﻏﲔ (‬
‫‪25‬‬
‫‪Qaidah with Urdu & Roman English‬‬ ‫‪Qaidah Taleem-ul-Qur’aan‬‬
 ‫ ا‬ ‫ہ   اُردو   اور   رو‬   ‫ ا آن‬  ‫ہ‬

٨
Huroof-e-Leen ka bayaan ِ  ‫و‬
‫ف      ن‬

1) Huroof-e-Leen kitnay hain?

Huroof-e-Leen ko kistarha
ِ  ‫  ؟‬
 ‫ف        ح‬  ِ ‫و‬
  ‫ف‬ (1
padhaingay? ‫  ؟‬
A) Huroof-e-Leen do hain (‫)و ۔ ی‬
     ِ ‫و‬
‫ف   دو    )و۔ى( ا  وا  و‬ (‫ج‬
ْ
agar (‫)و‬ sakin say pahley
 ‫      ف‬  ‫  ف   ز    اور  ْى‬
ْ sakin
harf par zabar ho our (‫)ی‬
say pahley harf par zabar hoto ‫ف   ۔ اس    م آوا  ز‬   ِ ‫ ز       و‬
huroof-e-leen hoga is ko narm
( ْ َ  ‫ ) ْ ۔‬:       ‫    ى‬
aawaz ka sath jaldi padheingay

ْ َ ‫)ﺑﻮ ۔‬
jai say. (‫ﰉ‬ َْ

َْ
‫رو‬ ْ‫َذی‬ ْ‫َذو‬ ْ َ
‫دی‬ َْ
‫دو‬ ْ‫َﰓ‬ َْ ْ‫َﰏ‬ َْ

ْ َ
‫ﴆ‬ َْ
‫ﺻﻮ‬ ْ َ
‫ﳽ‬ ْ َ
‫ﺷﻮ‬ ْ َ
‫ﳻ‬ ْ َ
‫ﺳﻮ‬ ْ َ
‫زی‬ ْ َ
‫زو‬ ْ َ
‫ری‬

َْ ْ‫َﱄ‬ ْ‫َﻟﻮ‬ ْ َ ْ‫َﻇﻮ‬ ْ َ ْ َ

‫ﻃﻮ‬ ْ‫َﴈ‬ ْ‫َﺿﻮ‬

َْ َْ
‫ﺣﻮ‬ َْ َْ
‫ﺟﻮ‬ َْ
‫ﰉ‬ َْ ْ‫َای‬ ْ‫َاو‬ ْ‫َﱏ‬

ْ‫َﻗﻮ‬ ْ‫َﰲ‬ ْ‫َﻓﻮ‬ َْ ْ‫َﻏﻮ‬ َْ َْ

‫ﻋﻮ‬ َْ َْ
‫ﺧﻮ‬
ْ َ
‫وی‬ َْ
‫وو‬ ْ‫َﱊ‬ َْ
‫ﻣﻮ‬ ْ‫َﰽ‬ ْ‫َﮐﻮ‬ ْ‫َﰶ‬
24
Qaidah with Urdu & Roman English Qaidah Taleem-ul-Qur’aan
 ‫ ا‬ ‫ہ   اُردو   اور   رو‬ ‫ ‬ ‫ ا آن‬ ‫ہ ‬

‫َ َ‬ ‫َ‬ ‫َ َ‬ ‫َ بَ‬ ‫َ َ‬ ‫َ َ‬
‫ﻋﺎم‬ ‫َ َر‬ ‫َﺻﺎد‬ ‫ﺣﺎل‬ ‫ﺧﺎف‬ ‫زاد‬
‫َ ََ‬ ‫َ َ َ‬ ‫َ َ‬ ‫َ‬ ‫َ‬
‫َﺻﺎ َ َ‬ ‫ﻗﺎﺗﻞ‬ ‫ﺧﺎدع‬ ‫َ‬
‫ﻓﺮاغ‬ ‫َِ‬
‫ﲟﺎ‬ ‫ِاذا‬ ‫َﻋﺎد‬

‫َُْ‬
‫ﯾﻘﻮمُ‬ ‫َ ََ‬ ‫َﻟﻬﺎَ‬ ‫ََ‬ ‫ََ ُ‬ ‫ََ َ‬
‫َ َ َ‬
‫ﺣﺎﺳﺐ‬ ‫ﺟﺎﮬﺪ‬ ‫ﮐﺬا‬ ‫ﯾﻨﺎل‬ ‫ﺗﻌﺎل‬

‫َُ ُ‬ ‫ََ َ‬ ‫ََ َ‬ ‫َ َ‬

‫دﻋﺎ َ‬ ‫َ ُِ‬ ‫َِ ُ‬ ‫َ‬
‫ﺟﻨﺎح‬ ‫ﻣﺘﺎع‬ ‫ﻓﻘﺎﻻ‬ ‫ﺻﺎﱀ‬ ‫ﲝﺎر‬ ‫رﻗﺎب‬
‫ِ ِ‬

‫ُ ْ‬
‫اﺟﯿﺐُ‬ ‫ِٰ ِ ْ‬ ‫ارﱏْ‬ ‫َ‬ ‫ِْ‬ ‫َﳁﺎَ‬ ‫َ َ‬
‫ﺷﺎربَ‬
‫ِ‬ ‫ﮐﺘﱮ‬ ‫ِِ‬ ‫ﻓﯿ ِﻪ‬ ‫ِد ْﻳ ِ ْ‬
‫ﲎ‬
‫ََ ُْ َ َ‬
‫ﻣﻘﺎد ْ ُ‬ ‫ََ‬
‫ﻋﺬاﰉْ‬ ‫ﻋﺒﺎدیْ‬
‫َ‬ ‫َ‬ ‫ْ‬ ‫َ‬ ‫ُ‬ ‫ْ‬ ‫َُ ْ َ َ‬
‫ِ‬ ‫ﲤﺎﺛﯿﻞ‬
‫ِ‬ ‫ِ‬ ‫رازﻗﲔ ِ ِ‬‫ِ ِ‬ ‫ﻣﻔﺎﺗﯿﺢ‬
‫ِ‬ ‫اری‬
‫ِ‬
‫ُ ُ‬ ‫َ ََ‬ ‫َ َْ َ ُ‬ ‫َ‬
‫ُ ْ ُ‬
‫ﻃﻮر‬ ‫ْح‬ ‫ﺣﺎول‬ ‫رﺷ ْ ﺪ‬
‫ِ‬ ‫رازﻗﲔ‬
‫ِ ِ‬ ‫َﺑ ِ ْﯿ ِﻪ‬ ‫اﺧﯿ ِﻪْ‬
‫ِ‬
‫‪24‬‬

‫ﺳﻄﻮن َ ُ ْ َ‬
‫راﺟﻌﻮن‬ ‫َ ِ ُ ْ َ‬ ‫َ ُْ‬
‫ﻗﺎرونُ‬ ‫َ ُْ ُ‬
‫ﮬﺎرون‬ ‫َ ُْ‬
‫ﺗﮑﻮنُ‬ ‫داﺧﺮون َﺳ َ ُ ْ‬
‫ﻘﻮ َ‬ ‫َ ُِْ َ‬
‫ِ‬ ‫‪24‬‬

‫‪23‬‬
‫‪Qaidah with Urdu & Roman English‬‬ ‫‪Qaidah Taleem-ul-Qur’aan‬‬
 ‫ ا‬ ‫ہ   اُردو   اور   رو‬   ‫ ا آن‬  ‫ہ‬

ّ ۷
Huroof-e-Maddah ka bayaan ‫ن‬ ‫ہ‬ ‫وف‬
1) Huroof-e-Madda kitnay hain? Kin
 ‫   ۔    ر ں      ِ ا        ؟‬  ‫ف ہ‬
  ‫(  و‬1
surtoon main yeh madd-e-asli hotay hain?
A) Huroof-e-Madda teen hain (‫ )و ۔ ا ۔ ی‬yeh  ‫  ں اور اس‬ ‫   )و ۔ ا۔ى(    د‬  ‫ف ہ‬
  ‫و‬ (‫ج‬
qud sakin hoon our is say pahley waley harf       ‫ ا‬  ٰ  ‫  ں‬   ‫  ف    ا‬ ‫   وا‬
par mawafiq harkat ho yanay jis alif say
pahley zabar ho ‫ ْی‬sakin say pahley zer ho,               ‫     ز   ْو‬
‫ی‬
ْ ‫ز    ۔‬
‫ ْو‬sakin say pahley pesh ho to madd-e-Asli ‫ )ﻧﻮ‬
ُْ :         ‫ا   ۔ ا  ا  ا     ا  ر‬

ْ ُ  (‫۔ ِ ْ ۔ َﻫﺎ‬
(‫)او ۔ ِ ْ ۔ َﻧﺎ‬
hoga. Isko ek alif ki meqdaar kheench kar
ْ ُ (‫) ُ ْ ۔ ِ ْ ۔ َﮬﺎ‬
padhaingay jaisay ( َ ‫)او ۔ ِﰏْ ۔‬

Ismein pahela harf harkat wala hai our

  ‫ وا    اور  دو ا    ا‬   ‫اس       ف‬
doosra Madd-e-asli hai. Harkat walay ko

jaldi padhaingay. Madd-e-asliko ek alif    ‫   ۔    ا‬  ‫    ى‬ ‫ وا‬  ‫۔‬

kheench kar padhaingay. Jaisay: :         ‫ا  ا     ا  ر‬
ْ ُ ُ ‫ای۔ ا‬
‫۔او‬ ْ ِ ‫ ۔ َءا ۔ اِ ۔‬-‫) َء‬ ْ ُ ُ ‫ای۔ ا‬
‫۔او‬ ْ ِ ‫ ۔ َءا ۔ اِ ۔‬-‫) َء‬

22
Qaidah with Urdu & Roman English Qaidah Taleem-ul-Qur’aan
 ‫ ا‬ ‫ہ   اُردو   اور   رو‬   ‫ ا آن‬  ‫ہ‬

Chota Qalqala ki Mashq

‫ﺟﺐ‬
ْ ُ ‫ﺟﺐ‬
ْ ِ ‫ﺟﺐ‬
ْ َ ‫ﻗ ُْﻂ‬ ‫ﻗﻂ‬
ِْ ‫ﻗ َْﻂ‬ ‫ُﺟ ْﻖ‬ ‫ِﺟ ْﻖ‬ ‫َﺟْﻖ‬

‫ﺳﺪ‬
ْ ُ ‫ﺳﺪ‬
ْ ِ ‫ﺳﺪ‬
ْ َ ‫ُﺑْﺞ‬ ‫ِﺑْﺞ‬ ‫َﺑْﺞ‬

َ ْ ‫ﻳﺪﺧﻠ‬
‫ُﻮن‬ ُ َْ ‫ﺠﻌْﻞ‬
َ ْ ‫َﻳ‬ ‫ﺻﺒ ْ َﻨﺎ‬
َ َ ‫ﺑﻄَﺶ‬
َْ َ ْ ‫َﺧﻠ‬
‫َﻘﻨﺎ‬

Bada Qalqala ki Mashq ‫ا‬

ْ ُُْ ْ ْ َ
ُِْ
ٌ‫ﳏﯿﻂ‬ َ
ٍ ُْ َ
‫ﻣﺸﻬﻮد‬ ‫وج‬
ِ ‫ﺗﮑﺬﯾﺐ‬
ٍ ِ ‫داﻓﻖ‬
ٍِ
‫ﻣﺸﻬﻮد‬
ْ ُْ ْ َ ‫ﺑﺮوْج‬
ُُْ ْ ْ ِ ْ ‫َﺗ‬
‫ﳊﺬﻳﺐ‬ ‫ﺤﻴﻂ‬
ْ ْ ِ ‫ُﻣ‬ ‫َدا ﻓ ِْﻖ‬

Huroof-e-Mustaalia ka bayaan
۶
‫   ن‬ ‫ف‬
  ‫و‬

1) Huroof-e-Mustaalia yanay motay

padhay janay wale huroof kitnay
  ‫ وا‬     )   ِ ‫و‬
‫ف‬  (1
hain? our kounsay hain ? ‫  ؟‬  ‫   اور‬  (‫وف‬
A) Huroof-e-Mustaalia (7) hain
(‫ )خ ۔ غ ۔ ق ۔ ص ۔ ض ۔ ط ۔ ظ‬jin ka ‫  ت  ) خ ۔ غ ۔ ق ۔ ص‬ ِ ‫ج( ﺣﺮو‬
 ‫ف‬
ْ ْ َ َّ ُ ْ َ َّ ُ
majmua (‫ﺿﻐﻂ ِﻗﻆ‬ ٍ ‫()ﺧﺺ‬khussa ‫ﺿﻐﻂ‬
ٍ ‫ﺧﺺ‬      (‫۔ ض ۔ ط ۔ ظ‬
zagtin qiz) hai. ْ
‫ِﻗﻆ ۔‬

ُ ََْ ْ َْ ًّ ُ ْ َ َ َْ
ُ‫ﯾﻘﻄﻊ‬ ُّ ُ َ َ َ
َ‫ﺧﻠﻖ‬
‫ﻣﻐﺮب ﳜﻄﻒ‬ ِ ‫ِﻇﻼ‬ ‫ﯾﴬب‬
ِ ‫ﳛﺾ‬

21
Qaidah with Urdu & Roman English Qaidah Taleem-ul-Qur’aan
 ‫ ا‬ ‫ہ   اُردو   اور   رو‬   ‫ ا آن‬  ‫ہ‬

۴
Huroof-e-Safeera ka bayaan ‫ن‬ ‫ہ‬ ‫وف‬

1) Huroof-e-safeera kitney hain?

Inkiaawaz kaise hoti hai?
  ‫  ؟ ان   آوا  ز‬  ‫ہ‬ ‫ف‬
  ‫و‬ (1
A) Huroof-e-Safeera teen hai ‫  ؟‬
(‫ )ز ۔ س ۔ ص‬in ko padhtay waqt
seeti kay jaisi aawaz nikalti hain
   ‫  ۔ ) ز ۔ س ۔ ص( ا ِن‬  ‫ہ‬ ‫ف‬
  ‫و‬ (‫ج‬
ُ َّ َ َ َ
jaisay : ‫ﺮﺻﻮص‬ ‫ﻣ‬ ‫اﻟﺴﻤﺂء‬
ِ َ
ْ ْ ُ ْ َ َ ّ َ ‫ﻦ‬ ‫ﻣ‬
ِ ‫۔‬ ‫ﲋل‬ ‫)ﺗ‬ ‫ و        آوا  ز   ۔‬
ْ ُْ َْ ُ َّ َ َ َ
ِ َ َّ ‫ﺗ ﲋل۔ ِﻣ َﻦ‬: 
‫اﻟﺴﻤﺂء ۔ ﻣﺮﺻﻮص‬  

‫ن‬ ‫وف‬ ۵
Huroof-e-Qalqala ka bayaan

1) Huroof-e-Qalqala kitnay hai?

our Qalqala kab hoga?
‫  ؟‬      ‫   اور‬    ِ ‫و‬
‫ف‬  (1
A) Huroof-e-Qalqala paanch hai  (‫    ۔)ق ۔ ط ۔ب۔ج۔د‬  ِ ‫و‬
‫ف‬ (‫ج‬
(‫ )ق ۔ ط ۔ ب ۔ ج ۔ د‬jin ka majmua
َ ُ ُْ  ‫ ان    م‬  ‫     ) ُ ْ ُ   َ ٍ(   ۔‬
(‫ﺟﺪ‬
ٍ ‫)ﻗﻄﺐ‬hai. Jab in par jazam
hoto in ke aawaz makhraj se     ‫ ا‬    ‫ ان   آوا  ز ج‬
takkar khakar alag ho jatey hai. َْ ْ َ ْ َ َْ َْ
َْ ْ َ ْ َ َْ َْ    ‫اط۔اب ۔ اج ۔ اد( اس‬ ‫ ۔  )اق ۔‬
Jaisay (‫اب ۔ اج ۔ اد‬ ‫ )اق ۔ اط ۔‬is ko
Qalqala-e-sugra(chota-qalqala)     ‫  ۔ ا‬  (   ) ‫  ٰى‬
kaheytain hai. Agar halat-e-
waqaf. main hoto qalqalay main  ‫و            ز د       ۔‬
ْ َ ْ ْ ْ ُ ْْ ُ َْ َ
ziyadati kijayegi
ْ َ َ ْ َ ْ ْ ْ ُ ْْ ُ َْ َ ‫ )ﺧﻠﻖ ۔ ﳏِﯿﻂ ۔ ِﳎﯿﺐ ۔ ِﻣﳯﺎج ۔‬:
jaisay ( ‫اﺣﺪ‬ ‫)ﺧﻠﻖ ۔ ﳏِﯿﻂ ۔ ِﳎﯿﺐ ۔ ِﻣﳯﺎج ۔‬
ََْ
is ko Qalqala-e-kubra (Bada ‫اﺣﺪ ( اس      ٰى ) ا  (    ۔‬
qalqala) kaheytain hain.

20
Qaidah with Urdu & Roman English Qaidah Taleem-ul-Qur’aan
 ‫ ا‬ ‫ہ   اُردو   اور   رو‬ ‫ ‬ ‫ ا آن‬ ‫ہ ‬
‫ْ ْ‬
‫)ء ا( ‪4Q) Hamza sakina‬‬ ‫‪ko kistarha‬‬ ‫ْ ْ‬
‫  ؟‬ ‫ )ء ۔ا(      ح ‬ ‫‪٤‬س(  ہ ‬
‫?‪padhaingay‬‬
‫     ‪:‬‬ ‫ٔہ         دے   ‬ ‫ج(‬
‫)‪A‬‬ ‫‪Hamza-e-sakina ko jhatka day‬‬
‫ْ‬ ‫ْ‬
‫ْ َ َ ُ ُ ُْ ُ َ ُْ‬ ‫ْ‬
‫ َ َ ْ‬
‫‪kar padhaingay. Jaisey....‬‬ ‫وﯾﻞ‬‫ِ‬ ‫۔‬ ‫ِ‬ ‫ﻣﺆ‬ ‫۔‬ ‫ﰻ‬ ‫۔‬ ‫ﺟﺌﻨﺎ‬
‫ِ‬ ‫۔‬ ‫ذن‬
‫‪Jazam ya Sukoon ki misalain‬‬ ‫ن‬ ‫م‬ ‫ْ◌‬ ‫ﻣﺷﻖ‬
‫ُ ْ‬ ‫ْ‬ ‫َ ْ‬ ‫ْ‬ ‫ُ‬ ‫ْ‬ ‫ْ‬ ‫َ‬ ‫ْ‬ ‫ُ‬ ‫ِ ْ‬ ‫َابْ‬
‫اب اب ات ِات ات اث ِاث اث‬
‫ُ ْ‬ ‫ْ‬ ‫َ ْ‬ ‫ُ ْ‬ ‫ْ‬ ‫َ ْ‬ ‫ُ ْ‬ ‫ْ‬ ‫َ ْ‬
‫ِاخ اخ‬ ‫ِاح اح اخ‬ ‫ِاج اج اح‬ ‫اج‬
‫ُارْ‬ ‫ِارْ‬ ‫َارْ‬ ‫اذ‬
‫ُْ‬
‫ِاذ‬
‫ْ‬
‫اذ‬
‫َْ‬ ‫ُْ‬
‫اد‬
‫ْ‬
‫ِاد‬
‫َْ‬
‫اد‬
‫ُْ‬ ‫ْ‬ ‫َْ‬ ‫ُْ‬ ‫ْ‬ ‫َْ‬ ‫ُْ‬ ‫ْ‬ ‫َْ‬
‫از اس ِاس اس اش ِاش اش‬ ‫ِاز‬ ‫از‬
‫ُاطْ‬ ‫ِاطْ‬ ‫اض َاطْ‬ ‫ُ ْ‬ ‫ْ‬ ‫َ ْ‬ ‫ُ ْ‬ ‫ْ‬ ‫َ ْ‬
‫ِاص اص اض ِاض‬ ‫اص‬
‫ُ ْ‬ ‫ْ‬ ‫َ ْ‬ ‫ُ ْ‬ ‫ْ‬ ‫َ ْ‬ ‫ُْ‬ ‫ْ‬ ‫َْ‬
‫ِاغ اغ‬ ‫ِاع اع اغ‬ ‫ِاظ اظ اع‬ ‫اظ‬
‫َْ ُ‬ ‫ْ‬ ‫َ‬ ‫ْ‬ ‫ُ‬ ‫ُ‬ ‫ُْ‬ ‫ُ‬ ‫ُْ‬ ‫ُ‬ ‫ُْ‬ ‫ُْ ُ‬ ‫ﻣﻠﮏُ‬‫ُْ‬
‫اﮬﻞ ﻗﺒﻞ‬ ‫ِ‬ ‫ﻣﻬﻞ‬
‫ِ‬ ‫ﻓﻠﮏ‬ ‫ﻗﻠﺖ‬ ‫اذن‬ ‫ﺣﺰن‬
‫َْ َْ‬ ‫ُْ ْ‬ ‫ْ‬ ‫ُْ‬ ‫ْ‬ ‫َ‬ ‫ْ‬ ‫ُ‬ ‫ُْ ُ ْ‬ ‫ْ‬ ‫ُ‬ ‫ُْ‬ ‫ُْ ُْ‬
‫ﺸﻬﺪ ﳒﻌﻞ‬ ‫ِ‬ ‫ﺗﺪرک‬ ‫ِ‬ ‫ﻗﻠﺘﻢ ادﺧﻞ ﯾﺒﻌﺚ‬ ‫ﮬﺪﮬﺪ‬
‫اﮬﺒﻂْ‬ ‫ﲢﺮص ِ ْ‬ ‫َْ ْ‬ ‫ُ ْﺴﻤﻊْ‬ ‫ْ‬ ‫َْ َ‬ ‫َْ َْ‬ ‫َْ ْ‬ ‫ْ‬
‫اﺣﺴﻦْ‬ ‫َ‬
‫ِ‬ ‫ِ‬ ‫ِ‬ ‫اﺑﱰ‬ ‫اﻣﻬﻞ ﻧﻔﻌﻞ‬ ‫ِ‬ ‫ِ‬
‫َْ َْ‬ ‫ْ‬ ‫َْ‬ ‫َ ْ ْ‬ ‫َ ْ ْ‬ ‫ْ‬ ‫َْ‬ ‫ْ‬ ‫ْ‬ ‫َ‬ ‫َ ْاﻣﻠﮏْ‬
‫ﻣﻐﺮب ﺴﻌﻞ‬ ‫ِ‬ ‫ﻣﺴﺠﺪ‬ ‫ِ‬ ‫ﻣﴩق‬ ‫ِ‬ ‫ﯾﻐﻔﺮ‬ ‫ِ‬ ‫اﻣﺴﮏ‬ ‫ِ‬ ‫ِ‬
‫‪19‬‬
‫‪Qaidah with Urdu & Roman English‬‬ ‫‪Qaidah Taleem-ul-Qur’aan‬‬
 ‫ ا‬ ‫ہ   اُردو   اور   رو‬   ‫ ا آن‬  ‫ہ‬

Jazam ya Sukoon ka bayaan ‫ن‬ ‫ن‬ ‫م‬ ۳

1Q) Jazam ki tareef karo? Jazam

wale harf ko kiya kahete hain.
‫  ف‬ ‫  و؟  م  وا‬    ‫س(   م‬١
A) ◌ْ Jazam do hurfoon ko milata ‫  ؟‬      
hai. Jazam waley harf ko sakin
 ‫ں      ۔‬ ‫ج(              ْ       م دو‬
kahetay hain.
‫  ۔‬      ‫  ف‬ ‫م وا‬

2Q) Kisi bhi harf par jazam ho to

kisterha padhaingay?
 ‫ح‬        ْ   ‫س(       ف    م‬٢
A) Kisi bhi harf par jazam ho to is ‫  ؟‬
say pahaylay kay harf ko our
jazam waley ko dono ko milakar        ‫    ف    م       ْ        اس‬ (‫ج‬
padhaingay.
     ‫   دو ں‬ ‫ف   اور  م وا‬
‫  ۔‬  
3Q) Alif ko kabtak alif hi padhaingay
our kin surtoun main hamza
   ‫   اور‬     ‫   ا‬     ‫س(ا‬٣
padhaingay? ‫  ۔‬  ‫ر ں    ہ‬
A) Alif hamaishah khali hota hai.
Bagair harkat walay alif ko alif hi   ‫ وا‬    ‫   ۔‬       ‫ج( ا‬
padhaingay. Jis Alif par jazam ya
 ‫ ا     م‬  ‫  ۔‬     ‫ا     ا‬
koi harkat aajaey wo hamza
hojata hai. ‫   ۔‬  ‫ و ہ ہ‬ ‫ آ‬    
Jaisey:( ‫ ) َا     ِا       اُ           ٰا         اٖ        اٗ        اْ         =   ء‬in
sab ko hamza padhaingay.  ‫    ہ‬   ‫)   َا     ِا       اُ           ٰا         اٖ       اٗ         ْا    =    ء(     ا‬:
‫ن‬  
‫  ۔‬

18
Qaidah with Urdu & Roman English Qaidah Taleem-ul-Qur’aan
 ‫ ا‬ ‫ہ   اُردو   اور   رو‬ ‫ ‬ ‫ ا آن‬ ‫ہ ‬
‫ُ‬ ‫َ‬ ‫ُ‬ ‫َ‬ ‫ُ‬ ‫َ‬
‫ک‬ ‫ِک‬ ‫ک‬ ‫ق‬ ‫ِق‬ ‫ق‬ ‫ف‬ ‫ِف‬ ‫ف‬
‫ُ‬ ‫َ‬
‫ُن‬ ‫ِن‬ ‫َن‬ ‫ُم‬ ‫ِم‬ ‫َم‬ ‫ل‬ ‫ِل‬ ‫ل‬
‫ُ‬ ‫َ‬
‫ھ‬ ‫ِھ‬ ‫ھ‬ ‫ُو‬ ‫ِو‬ ‫َو‬

‫ُی‬ ‫ِی‬ ‫َی‬ ‫ُء‬ ‫ِء‬ ‫َء‬

‫ََ‬
‫ﳃﺮَ‬ ‫َ َ‬
‫َﻋﺪد‬
‫َ َ َ‬
‫دﺧﻞ‬ ‫ََ‬
‫ﮐﺴﺐَ‬ ‫َََ‬
‫ﻋﺒﺪ‬
‫ََ َ‬
‫ودع‬
‫َََ‬
‫درس‬
‫ﻗﺪمَ‬ ‫ََ‬ ‫ََ َ‬ ‫َََ‬ ‫َ ََ‬ ‫َ ََ‬ ‫َ ََ‬ ‫َََ‬
‫اﺣﺪ‬ ‫ﳎﺪ‬ ‫ﲭﺪ‬ ‫ﺑﴫ‬ ‫وﺟﺪ‬ ‫ﺑﻠﻎ‬
‫َ َ‬ ‫َ َ‬ ‫َ َ‬ ‫َ َ‬ ‫َ َ‬ ‫َ َ‬
‫ﺧﻄﻒ‬ ‫ِ‬ ‫ِق‬ ‫ﲞﻞ‬ ‫ِ‬ ‫ﺷﻬﺪ‬‫ِ‬ ‫ﲪﺪ‬ ‫ِ‬ ‫ردف‬‫ِ‬ ‫اﺑﻞ‬
‫ِِ ِ‬
‫َ ِ َ‬ ‫َ َ‬ ‫َ َ‬ ‫َ َ‬ ‫ﻟﻌﺐَ‬ ‫َ‬ ‫ََِ‬ ‫ََِ‬
‫ﺳﻘﻢ‬ ‫ﺟﺰع‬ ‫ِ‬ ‫ﲻﻞ‬ ‫ِ‬ ‫ﴍب‬ ‫ِ‬ ‫ِ‬ ‫رﰘ‬ ‫ﲯﺮ‬
‫ََ‬ ‫ُ‬ ‫ُُُ‬ ‫ُ َ‬ ‫ُ ُ‬ ‫ُ ُ ُ‬
‫ُﺣ ِ َﺲ‬ ‫ﻗﻠﻢُ‬ ‫ﻧﮑﺲ‬‫َ‬ ‫ِ‬ ‫ﲱﻒ‬ ‫ﻓﻘﺪ‬ ‫ِ‬ ‫ُﺳﺪس‬ ‫رﺳﻞ‬
‫ﻧﴫَ‬ ‫ُ‬ ‫ُﻗﺪرَ‬ ‫ُ َ‬ ‫ُ َ‬ ‫ُ َ‬ ‫ُِ َ‬ ‫ﮐﺮمَ‬ ‫َُ‬
‫ِ‬ ‫ِ‬ ‫وﺳﻊ‬‫ِ‬ ‫ﻗﺘﻞ‬ ‫ِ‬ ‫ﮬﺪی‬ ‫ِ‬ ‫ﻋﻠﻢ‬
‫َ ََ َ‬ ‫َُ َ‬ ‫َ َ ََ‬ ‫ََ ُ‬
‫ﻓﺒﴫَ‬ ‫َو َ َ َ‬ ‫َ َََ‬ ‫َََ‬
‫وﺟﺪک‬ ‫ﻓﻘﺘﻞ‬ ‫ِ‬ ‫ﻓﺴﺠﺪ‬ ‫ﴪ‬ ‫وﺟﻌﻞ‬ ‫ﮐﻤﺜﻞ‬
‫ِ‬
‫َََُ‬ ‫َ‬ ‫ََ‬ ‫َُ َ‬ ‫َََ‬
‫ووﻗﻊَ‬ ‫َ ََ‬
‫ﺧﻠﻘﮏَ‬ ‫ََ َ‬ ‫ََ‬
‫ﴭﺮۃ‬ ‫وﻗﻌﺖ‬
‫ِ‬ ‫وﲨﻊ‬
‫ِ‬ ‫ﻓﻔﺰع‬‫ِ‬ ‫ورﺟﻞ‬
‫ِ‬ ‫ِ‬
‫ ‬ ‫   ا‬ ‫  ‬ ‫    ھ  ا‬ ‫ؤں‬ ‫  م ‬ ‫     اس د    ‬
‫ ‬ ‫  م  د    ا‬ ‫     ‬ ‫ ‬ ‫ ا م    ؤں‬ ‫ا         ‬
‫ ا ؒل‬
‫‪17‬‬
‫‪Qaidah with Urdu & Roman English‬‬ ‫‪Qaidah Taleem-ul-Qur’aan‬‬
 ‫ ا‬ ‫ہ   اُردو   اور   رو‬   ‫ ا آن‬  ‫ہ‬
4Q) Harkaat Zer,
5Q) Zair, Zabar,
Zabar, Paish
Paish ko
ko
       (٥
     ‫س(  ت ز ‘    ز   اور‬٥
Arabi may kiya kahetay hain?
A) Zair
Zabar ko fatha, Zer ko kasra
ko kasra ‫  ؟‬
our paish ko zamma kahetey          ‫ج( ز     ۔ز     َ  ہ   اور‬
hain.

6Q) Kisi bhi harf ko ek Alif ki

meqdaar
    ‫س(     ف   ا  ا     ا  ر‬٦
(٧
meqdaar kheench
kheench kar
kar padhna
padhna
kisay kaheytain hain? ‫   ؟‬    
kisay kaheytain hain?
A) Ek Alif do harkat kay barabar
A) Ek Alif do harkat kay barabar    ‫  ۔‬   ‫    ا‬   ‫ج( ا  ا  دو‬
hota hai. Khuli hui ungly bandh
hota hai.
karkay Khulikholnay
wapus hui unglytakbandh
ek alif
  ‫   ا‬   ‫ ا        وا‬
puura
karkaykheencha jayega.
wapus kholnay tak ek alif
puura kheencha jayega. ‫  ۔‬     ‫ا   ا   را‬

Mashq ‫ﻣﺷﻖ‬
ُ َ ُ َ
‫ث‬ ‫ِث‬ ‫ث‬ ‫ت‬ ‫ِت‬ ‫ت‬ ‫ُب‬ ‫ِب‬ ‫َب‬
ُ َ ُ َ ُ َ
‫خ‬ ‫ِخ‬ ‫خ‬ ‫ح‬ ‫ِح‬ ‫ح‬ ‫ج‬ ‫ِج‬ ‫ج‬
ُ َ ُ َ
‫ُر‬ ‫ِر‬ ‫َر‬ ‫ذ‬ ‫ِذ‬ ‫ذ‬ ‫د‬ ‫ِد‬ ‫د‬
ُ َ ُ َ ُ َ
‫ش‬ ‫ِش‬ ‫ش‬ ‫س‬ ‫ِس‬ ‫س‬ ‫ز‬ ‫ِز‬ ‫ز‬
ُ َ ُ َ
‫ُط‬ ‫ِط‬ ‫َط‬ ‫ض‬ ‫ِض‬ ‫ض‬ ‫ص‬ ‫ِص‬ ‫ص‬
ُ َ ُ َ ُ َ
‫غ‬ ‫ِغ‬ ‫غ‬ ‫ع‬ ‫ِع‬ ‫ع‬ ‫ظ‬ ‫ِظ‬ ‫ظ‬

16
Qaidah with Urdu & Roman English Qaidah Taleem-ul-Qur’aan
 ‫ ا‬ ‫ہ   اُردو   اور   رو‬   ‫ ا آن‬  ‫ہ‬

‫ن‬ ‫ت‬ ۲
Harkaat ka bayaan

1Q) Harkaat kitney hain? Harkaat ‫  ؟‬    ‫  ؟  ت‬  ‫(   ت‬١‫س‬

kise kahetey hain?                                    ‫  ۔ ز                 ز‬  ‫ت‬ (‫ج‬
A) Harkaat teen hain zer, zabar,
Paish ko harkaat kahety hain. ‫  ۔‬  ‫ت‬

2Q) Harkaat ko kis tarha ‫  ؟‬  ‫س(   ت      ح‬٢

padheingay?
A) Harkaat ko jaldi padheingay
      ‫   ‘  ڑا‬  ‫ت    ى‬ (‫ج‬
thoda bhi na khichaingay itna            ‫   ۔ا   ى‬
jaldhi bhi na padhein kay jhatka
‫  ۔‬  ‫س‬
maihsoos ho.

3Q) Mutaharrik kisey kahetay hain?

‫  ؟‬    ‫س(  ك‬٣
A) Jis harf par harkat ho usko
mutaharrik kahetay hain. ‫   ا   ك‬    ‫  ف‬ (‫ج‬
‫  ۔‬  

4Q) Kisi bhi harf ko ek harkat ki   ‫    ا  ر‬   ‫س(      ف   ا‬٤

meqdar main padhnay key kiya ‫  ؟‬      
mainay hain?
A) Zabar ya zer ya pesh ko ek
  ‫   ۔  ا‬     ‫   ا‬     ‫ج( ز    ز‬
harkat kaheytain hain. Ek harkat         ‫ و  ذرا‬     ‫ وا‬
waley ko padhtay waqat zara bhi
‫۔‬  ‫ى‬
na kheenchay jaldhi padhain.

15
Qaidah with Urdu & Roman English Qaidah Taleem-ul-Qur’aan
 ‫ ا‬ ‫ہ اُردو   اور   رو‬ ‫ ‬ ‫ہ   ا  ا آنآن‬

‫ﺻﻒ‬ ‫ﻓﺖ ﺣ ﻖ ﻓﺮ ﻗﺲ ﺳ ﻖ ﻗﺪ ﻗﻂ‬

‫ﮐﺞ ﺟ ﮏ ﻟﻦ ﺻ ﮏ ﺧ ﻞ ﮐﻒ ﻓ ﮏ ﮐﻦ‬

‫ﺣﻦ‬ ‫ﻣ ﺦ ﻣ ﺾ ﮐﻦ ﺳﻦ ﱏ‬ ‫ﰖ‬

‫وس ﺳ ﻮ ﮬﻞ ﻟ ﻪ وک ﮐ ﻮ ﮬﺐ ﺑ ﻪ‬
‫ٔ‬
‫ﺋﮏ ﺋﻢ‬ ‫ﯾﺪ ﳻ‬ ‫ن‬ ‫ﺋﻒ‬

‫ﻋﻠﻖ‬ ‫ﳊﻖ‬ ‫ﻣﻠﮏ‬ ‫ﺣﻘﺎ‬ ‫ﺧﺎف‬ ‫اﰻ‬

‫درج‬ ‫ﲩﺞ‬ ‫ﲺﺮ‬ ‫ﺑﴫ ﺣﻔﺺ‬ ‫ﺻﱪ‬

‫ﻓﺮق‬ ‫ﲰﻊ‬ ‫ﻓﻌﻞ‬ ‫ﻟﻌﻦ‬ ‫ﻧﻔﺲ ﻋﻨﺐ‬

‫ﯾﻠﺪ‬ ‫ﻓﯿﻪ‬ ‫ﺳﻠﻢ ﻣﺴﮏ ﻓﻬﻢ‬ ‫ﳃﺮ‬

‫‪14‬‬
‫‪Qaidah with Urdu & Roman English‬‬ ‫‪Qaidah Taleem-ul-Qur’aan‬‬
 ‫ ا‬ ‫ہ اُردو   اور   رو‬ ‫ ‬ ‫ہ   ا  ا آنآن‬

‫ﰷ‬ ‫اک‬ ‫ﻻ‬ ‫ال‬ ‫ﻣﺎ‬ ‫ام‬ ‫اب‬ ‫ا‬

‫ﻟﺚ ﺑ ﻖ ﺗ ﻒ‬ ‫ﺑﺐ ﺑﺞ ﺗﮏ ﺗﺖ‬

‫ﺟﺐ ﺣ ﺞ ﺣﻞ ﱀ ﺧﻒ ﺟﻆ ﺣ ﺲ ﺣﺪ‬
‫ﺧﺪ ﺧﻞ ﺧﺐ‬ ‫ﺧ ﺲ ﺧﻖ ﺟﻞ‬ ‫ﻣﺦ‬

‫دب ﺑﺪ ذ ل ﻟﺬ ر س ﺳ ﺮ ﻋ ﺪ ﻧ ﺬ‬
‫ﻋﺰ‬ ‫ﻗﺮ‬ ‫زن‬ ‫ذر‬ ‫ز م ﻣﺰ د ق ﻗﺪ‬

‫ﺳﻞ ﻟ ﺲ ﺳ ﺞ ﺣﺲ ﺷﻂ ﻃﺶ ﳻ ﺿﻦ‬
‫ﺻﺐ ﺑ ﺺ ﺿﻞ ﮐﺾ ﺻ ﺢ ﺿﺎ ﺷﻂ ﺻﺪ‬

‫ﻃ ﺐ ﺑﻂ ﻇ ﻞ ﻟﻆ ﻃ ﺮ ﺣﻂ ﻇ ﮏ ﮐﻆ‬

‫ﻋ ﺪ دع ﰬ ﻣ ﻎ‬ ‫ﻋ ﺶ ﺷ ﻊ ﻏ ﻞ ﻟﻎ‬
‫‪13‬‬
‫‪Qaidah with Urdu & Roman English‬‬ ‫‪Qaidah Taleem-ul-Qur’aan‬‬
 ‫ ا‬ ‫ہ اُردو   اور   رو‬   ‫ہ   ا  ا آنآن‬
Murakkab (Mile Huwe)  (   ) 
Huroof ki shaklein
‫۔‬   ‫ف‬
  ‫و‬

12
Qaidah with Urdu & Roman English Qaidah Taleem-ul-Qur’aan
 ‫ ا‬ ‫ہ اُردو   اور   رو‬   ‫ہ   ا  ا آنآن‬

  ‫ف‬
  ‫(  و‬   ) 
Murakkab (Mille Huwe) Huroof ki Shaklein

‫ج‬ ‫ث‬ ‫ت‬ ‫ب‬ ‫ا‬

‫ر‬ ‫ذ‬ ‫د‬ ‫خ‬ ‫ح‬

‫ض‬ ‫ص‬ ‫ش‬ ‫س‬ ‫ز‬

‫ف‬ ‫غ‬ ‫ع‬ ‫ظ‬ ‫ط‬
‫ن‬ ‫م‬ ‫ل‬ ‫ک‬ ‫ق‬
‫ی‬ ‫ء‬ ‫ھ‬ ‫و‬
11
Qaidah with Urdu & Roman English Qaidah Taleem-ul-Qur’aan
 ‫ ا‬ ‫ہ اُردو   اور   رو‬   ‫ہ   ا  ا آنآن‬

Q1) Arabi ke huroof-e-hija ya ١

‫ف‬  ِ ‫    و‬
  ‫ف    و‬       (١ ‫س‬
(huroof-e-Tahaji) (‫)ا ﺳ ی‬
tak kitney hai ? ‫  ؟‬         (‫      ی‬ ‫ )ا‬
A) Arabi kay jumla (29) huroof
‫ف ۔‬
  ‫(  و‬٢٩)  ‫     ا‬ (‫ج‬
hain.

Huroof ki Pehchaan ‫ف   ن‬
  ‫و‬
7 6 5 4 3 2 1

‫ا ب ت ث ج ح خ‬
Khaa ‫َﺧﺎ‬ Haa ‫َﺣﺎ‬ Jeem ‫ِﺟﯿﻢ‬
ْ
Saa
َ
Taa
َ Baa
َ Alif ‫اﻟﻒ‬
13 12 11 10 9 8

‫ز س ش‬ َ
‫ر‬ ‫ذ‬ ْ َ
‫د‬ ْ َ
Sheen ‫ﺷﲔ‬
ِْْ Seen ‫ﺳﲔ‬
ْْ َ Zaa ‫زا‬ Raa ‫َرا‬ Zaal ‫ذال‬ Daal ‫دال‬
19 18 17 16 15 14

‫ص ض ط ظ ع غ‬
َْْ َْ َ
‫َﻃﺎ‬
ْ َ ْ
Ghain ‫ﻏﲔ‬ Ain ‫ﻋﲔ‬ Zaa ‫ﻇﺎ‬ Taa Dhaad ‫ﺿﺎد‬ Saad ‫َﺻﺎد‬
25 24 23 22 21 20

‫ف ق ک ل م ن‬ ُ َ ْ َ ْ َ َ
Noon ‫ْ ْن‬ Meem ‫ِﻣﯿﻢ‬
ْ Laam ‫ﻻم‬ Kaaf ‫ﰷف‬ Qaaf ‫ﻗﺎف‬ Faa ‫ﻓﺎ‬
29 28 27 26

‫ی‬ ‫ء‬ ‫ە‬ ‫و‬

Yaa
َ Hamza ‫ﺰہ‬ ‫ﳘ‬
َْ َْ Haa ‫َﻫﺎ‬ Waaw
ْ َ
‫واو‬
10
Qaidah with Urdu & Roman English Qaidah Taleem-ul-Qur’aan
 ‫ ا‬ ‫ہ اُردو   اور   رو‬   ‫ہ   ا  ا آنآن‬
Name of Name of Forms Name of Name of Forms
letters in letters in of S.No. letters in letters in of S.No.
English Urdu Latters English Urdu Latters

Taa ‫ط‬ (16) Alif ‫ا‬ ‫ا‬ (1)

Zaa ‫ظ‬ (17) Baa ‫ب‬ (2)

Ain ‫ع‬ (18) Taa ‫ت‬ (3)

Ghain ‫غ‬ (19) Saa ‫ث‬ (4)

Faa ‫ف‬ (20) Jeem ‫ج‬ (5)

Qaaf ‫ف‬ ‫ق‬ (21) Haa ‫ح‬ (6)

Kaaf ‫ف‬ ‫ک‬ (22) Khaa ‫خ‬ (7)

Laam ‫م‬ ‫ل‬ (23) Daal ‫دال‬ ‫د‬ (8)

Meem ‫م‬ (24) Zaal ‫ذال‬ ‫ذ‬ (9)

Noon ‫ن‬ ‫ن‬ (25) Raa ‫را‬ ‫ر‬ (10)

Waaw ‫واو‬ ‫و‬ (26) Zaa ‫زا‬ ‫ز‬ (11)

Haa ‫ھ‬ (27) Seen ‫س‬ (12)

Hamzah ‫ہ‬ ‫ء‬ (28) Sheen ‫ش‬ (13)

Yaa ‫ی‬ (29) Saad ‫د‬ ‫ص‬ (14)

Dhaad ‫د‬ ‫ض‬ (15)

9
Qaidah with Urdu & Roman English Qaidah Taleem-ul-Qur’aan
 ‫ ا‬ ‫ہ اُردو   اور   رو‬   ‫ ا آن‬  ‫ہ‬
13) Makhraj Lisve : Zabaan ki nook
  ‫ دو‬ ‫ ز ن    ك   اُو    در‬: ‫ج  ِ ى‬  (١٣
ko opar ke darmiyani do
dantaoun ke kinaray ko is tarha  ‫   ز ن    ك‬  ‫دا ں    رہ   اس  ح‬
lagayeen ke zabaan ki nook zara
si bahar nikal aaye.
 ‫ذرا       آ  )ث ۔ ذ ۔ ظ(    ۔‬

14) Makhraj Isli : Zabaan ki nook ko

neechey ke dantaoun ke opari
 ‫ ز ن    ك       دا ں‬:  ‫ج  ا‬  (١٤
hissay ko laganey say  (‫   )ز ۔ س ۔ ص‬      ‫ او ى‬
(‫ )ز ۔ س ۔ ص‬nikaltey hai. In huroof
ki adaai ke waqt saans aahista
    ‫ف  ادا    و‬
  ‫   ۔ ان  و‬
jari rakhna chaheay. ‫۔‬   ‫  رى  ر‬ ‫آ‬
15) Makhraj Shafawi : Opar ke
dantaoun ko neechay ke hont ke
         ‫ اُو    دا ں‬: ‫ج  ى‬  (١٥
tar hissay ko laganey say (‫)ف‬ ‫   )ف(    ۔‬      
nikalta hai.

16) Makhraj Shafawi : Dono

     ‫ں‬  ‫ دو ں‬: ‫ج  ى‬  (١٦
hontaoun ke milney say ‫)ب ۔ م ۔ و‬
(‫ ﻏﲑ ﻣﺪہ‬nikaltey hain. (‫ )ب‬dono  ‫ہ(     ب دو ں‬          ‫ )ب ۔ م ۔و‬
hontoun ke geelay hissay say,  ‫     اور‬  ‫     م‬    ‫ں‬
(‫ )م‬khush hissay say our (‫)و‬
hontaun ko kali ki tarha goal
   ‫ں        ح  ل‬  (‫)و    ہ‬
karkey aagay laaney say nikalta ‫      ۔‬   ‫آ‬
hai.

17) Makhraj Qhaishumi : yeh sirf

ghunnah ka makhraj hai naak
   ‫    ف      ج    ك‬  ‫ج‬  (١٧
ki jadh say do huroof (‫)ن ۔ م‬    ‫ف)ن ۔ م(   اور ا ء‬
  ‫   دو   و‬
ghunnah our iqfa ki haalat main
nikalte hain.
 ‫      ۔‬
8
Qaidah with Urdu & Roman English Qaidah Taleem-ul-Qur’aan
 ‫ ا‬ ‫ہ اُردو   اور   رو‬   ‫ ا آن‬  ‫ہ‬
7) Makhraj shajari : Zabaan ke
   ‫ اور‬   ‫ ز ن   در‬: ‫ج  ى‬  (٧
darmiyaani hissa our taaloo ke
darmiyaani hissay say  (‫     )ج ۔ ش اور ی    ہ‬ ‫ در‬
(ghair madda ‫)ج ۔ ش ۔اور ی‬nikaltey
‫  ۔‬
hain.

8) Makhraj Zirsi : Zabaan ke      ‫  رے‬    ‫ ز ن‬:   ‫ج‬  (٨

baayeen kinarey ko baaeen
jaanib ke opar ke dadhoun ko
       ‫   اُو    داڑ ں‬
laganey say (‫ )ض‬nikalta hai. ‫)ض(    ۔‬

9) Makhraj Zalaqui : Zabaan ki        ‫ ز ن    ك‬: ِ ‫(  ﻣﺨﺮ ج َذ َﻟ‬٩

nook ke qareebi hissay ko opar ke
daantoun ke masodoun ko
       ‫ اُو    دا ں    ڑوں‬
laganey say (‫ )ل‬nikalta hai. ‫)ل(    ۔‬

10) Makhraj Zalaqui: Zabaan ki nook  ‫ ز ن    ك   اُو    دا ں‬:  ‫ج  ذ‬  (١٠
ko opar ke daantoun ke
masodoun ko laganey say (‫)ن‬
‫   )ن(    ۔‬    ‫  ڑوں‬
nikalta hai.

11) Makhraj Zalaqui : zabaan ki nook     ‫ ز ن    ك       اُو‬:  ‫ج ذ‬  (١١

ki peeth ko opar ke daantoun ke
masodoun ko laganey say (‫)ر‬ ‫   )ر(    ۔‬    ‫دا ں    ڑوں‬
nikalta hai.

12) Makhraj Nata-ee : Zabaan ki    ‫  ز ن    ك   اُو    دا ں‬:  ِ ْ َ  ‫ج‬  (١٢
nook ke opar ke dantaoun ki
jadh ko laganey say (‫)ط ۔ د ۔ ت‬ ‫   )ت ۔د۔ط(    ۔‬    
nikaltey hain.
7
Qaidah with Urdu & Roman English Qaidah Taleem-ul-Qur’aan
 ‫ ا‬ ‫ہ اُردو   اور   رو‬   ‫ ا آن‬  ‫ہ‬

Huroof ke Makhaarij ka ‫رج‬ ‫وف‬

muqtasar bayaan ‫ن‬
1) Makhraj Joufi: Huroof-e-madda   ِ ‫  و‬: 
   (‫ف ہ ) ا‘ و‘ ى‬  ‫ج‬  (١
( ‫ ) ا ‘ و‘ ی‬muh ke khali
:     ‫       ادا‬

ْ ‫ﺑﻮ ۔ ِﰉ‬
ْ ُ ‫ َﺑﺎ ۔‬: 
hissay say ada hote hain.
 
Jaise : Baa, Boo, Bee

2) Makhraj Halqui: aakhri halaq jo          )   ‫ ۔ آ ى‬  ‫ج‬  (٢

seenay say qareeb hai say (‫)ء ۔ ھ‬
‫  ۔‬ (‫(   )ء ۔ ھ‬
nikaltey hain.

3) Makhraj Halqui: darmayani halaq    (‫)ع ۔ ح‬     ‫ ۔  در‬  ‫(   ج‬٣

say (‫ ) ع۔ ح‬nikaltey hain. ‫۔‬

4) Makhraj Halqui: ibtedai halaq jo    ‫    ف‬ )    ‫ ۔ ا ا‬  ‫(   ج‬٤

munh ki taraf hai (‫ )غ ۔ خ‬nikaltey ‫) غ ۔ خ(    ۔‬
hain.

5) Makhraj Ghalsami : Zabaan ki   ‫   ا رو‬      ‫ ز ن‬:   ‫(   ج‬٥

jadh, padjeeb ke andaruni hissey
‫   )ق(    ۔‬
say (‫ )ق‬nikalta hai.

6) Makhraj Akadi: padjeeb ke     ‫    و‬ ِ َ ‫(  ﻣﺨﺮج َﻋ‬٦

   : ‫ﮑﺪی‬
bairooni hissay say (‫ )ق‬ke
       ‫) ق (   ج‬
makhraj ke qareeb say (‫)ک‬
‫)ک(    ۔‬
nikalta hai.

6
Qaidah with Urdu & Roman English Qaidah Taleem-ul-Qur’aan
 ‫ ا‬ ‫ہ اُردو   اور   رو‬ ‫ ‬ ‫ ا آن‬ ‫ہ ‬

‫‪Q8) Makhraj maaloom karney ka‬‬

‫    ؟‬ ‫  ‬ ‫م ‬ ‫ج ‬ ‫س‪ (٨‬‬
‫?‪Tareequa kiya hai‬‬ ‫م        ف   ‬ ‫  ف    ج ‬ ‫ج(‬
‫)‪A‬‬ ‫‪Kisi harf ka makhraj maaloom‬‬
‫  د  اور اس     ز  وا   ہ ‬
‫‪karna ho to harf ko saakin‬‬
‫‪kardein aur is say pahley zabar‬‬ ‫َْ‬
‫اق ۔ ق    ج   ۔‬ ‫ ‬ ‫)اَ( ‬
‫‪wala hamza lagayen.‬‬
‫َْ‬
‫اع ۔ ع   ج ‬

‫ ‬ ‫ا‬
‫ت   ر ل ا  ﷺ  ‬ ‫    ا  زا   اور  رى   ا      ‬ ‫ ا م   ‬ ‫ا    ‬
‫  ۔‬ ‫ں    ا    را  د‬ ‫ ‬ ‫  اور آپ  ﷺ   اُم ا ب  آن  زل  ‬ ‫ث ‬
‫    ڑ د  اور ر ل ا  ﷺ ‬ ‫   ا ت   ‬ ‫ن    آن ‬ ‫ دن    ‬ ‫ ‬
‫   ا ع    ڑ د ۔‬ ‫  ت ‬
‫ اور  دى   ر   ۔ ‬ ‫     ذ  و   ر ا  ‬ ‫ ‬ ‫ں   ا‬ ‫ ۔ ‬ ‫    م ‬
‫ اور دو وں   ‬ ‫ ۔  د د    ‬ ‫     د ا  ر ل ‬ ‫ ‬ ‫آج   ورت       ِ د  ‬
‫۔ )آ (‬ ‫  ا  ‬ ‫ ۔ ا  ‬ ‫ ‬

‫آن    رے ‬
‫    م  ا ؑ   ‬ ‫ ‬ ‫ وا‬ ‫ِ  ر    ِر  ا    ِزل  ا ۔ و  ‬
‫      آن      ڑى  ‬
‫ﺴﻢ(  ا ا    آ ت  زل  ‬‫اﻗﺮ ْٔ ْ‬
‫َ‬ ‫ْ‬
‫۔‬ ‫      رہ ا  ) ِ ِ ِ‬
‫ِ  ر    زل     وع  ا اور  را   آن )‪  (٢٣‬س    زل   ا۔ اس   )‪  (٣٠‬رے ‬ ‫آن ر ن   ‬
‫   اور ‬ ‫ ۔ ا     دہ  )‪  (١١٤‬ر   ۔  آن   )‪ (٥٥٨‬ر ع   اور    دہ   ے اور  ت ‬
‫ آ ت  ۔‬ ‫آن     )‪    (٦٦٦٦‬ا  ر    ‬

‫‪5‬‬
‫‪Qaidah with Urdu & Roman English‬‬ ‫‪Qaidah Taleem-ul-Qur’aan‬‬
 ‫ ا‬ ‫ہ اُردو   اور   رو‬   ‫ ا آن‬  ‫ہ‬

Q4) Qur’aan padhne ki teen

‫ ر ر   ن‬      ‫(  آن‬٤‫س‬
raftaare koun si hain?
A) I) Tarteel : Dheray sambhal ‫  ن    ؟‬
kar tilawat karna
     ‫ﺗﻴﻞ۔ د ے د ے‬
ْ ِ ‫(         َﺗ ْﺮ‬١ (‫ج‬
II) Tadveer : Ausat raftaar
ke saath tilawat karna ‫وت   ۔‬
(III) Hadr : Taiz Raftaar
‫  وت   ۔‬    ‫َﺪو ْﻳﺮ۔ او  ر ر‬
ِ ْ ‫(  ﺗ‬٢
magar Tajweed ka lehaz kartey
huwey tilawat karna.      ‫    ظ‬     ‫ﺣﺪ ْر ۔   ر‬
ْ َ (٣
‫وت   ۔‬
Q5) Arabi ke huroof-e-Hija ya
   (  ‫ )ا   ى‬   ‫ف‬
  ‫    و‬  (٥‫س‬
tahajji Alif se ya tak jumla
kitney hai? ‫ف ؟‬
  ‫  و‬
A) Alif se Ya tak jumla (29)
‫ف ۔‬
  ‫(  و‬٢٩) ‫ج(  )ا   ى  (   ا‬
Huroof hain.

Q6) Hazrat Imaam Muhammed   ‫  ب‬    ‫ت ا م    ر ؒى‬  (٦‫س‬

Jazri (�) ne kaunsi kitab may
‫    ن    ؟‬  ‫ا ِل  أت‬
Usool Qiraat tafseel se bayaan
       ‫)اﻟﻤﻘﺪﻣﺔ اﻟﺠﺰرﻳ (    ب‬  (‫ج‬
kiye hain?
A) Almuqaddama-tul-Jazriya, ‫   ۔‬    ‫ا ر  اس    أت‬
kitab main Qiraat ki tafseel
bayaan ki hai.

Q7) Makharaj kisey kahetain hain ‫  رج   ؟‬    ‫   اور‬    ‫(  ج‬٧‫س‬

aur jumla kitney makharij hain?
A) Huroof ke nikalney ki jagah ko
   ‫   ۔‬  ‫        ج‬    ‫ف‬ (‫ج‬
makharaj kahetein hain. Jumla ‫(  رج   ۔‬١٧) ‫ہ‬
(17) Makharij hain.

4
Qaidah with Urdu & Roman English Qaidah Taleem-ul-Qur’aan
 ‫ ا‬ ‫ہ اُردو   اور   رو‬   ‫ ا آن‬  ‫ہ‬

Tajweed se mutaalaq baat ‫ت‬

Allah ka Hukm : Qur'aan ko saf saf  ( ً ْ ِ ْ َ‫ﺮان ﺗ‬

 ‫ﺮﺗﻴﻼ ) رۃ‬ ُ ْ ‫ورﺗِّ ِﻞ ا‬: 
َ ٰ ْ ‫ﻟﻘ‬ ََ    ‫ا‬
aur wazeh tareqe say padho. ‫۔‬     ‫  آن    ف ف اور وا‬: 

(‫ﻢ )ﺑﺨﺎری‬ َ ْ َ ِ ‫ان‬

◌ْ ‫ﺑﺎﺻﻮاﺗِ ُﳊ‬ َ ◌ٰ ‫زﻳﻨﻮاﻟُْﻘ ْﺮ‬ ْ َّ َ َ ِ ‫اﷲ َﻠ َْﻴ‬
ُ ِّ َ : ‫وﺳﻠﻢ‬ ُ َ ‫اﷲ َﺻ‬
ِ ◌‫ل‬
ُ ‫رﺳﻮ‬ َ َ :     ‫ر ل ا ﷺ‬
ْ ُ َ ‫ﻗﺎل‬
‘‘‫ دو‬ ‫ ر ل ا    ا    و    ’’ا  آوا  ز   آن   ز‬
Farmaya Rasoolullah (r) ne “Acchi aawaz say Qur'aan ko zeenath do”

Tajweed ki tareef: Qur'aan ke      ‫فاور ا ظ‬

  ‫  آن    و‬:  
huroof aur alfaaz ko sahi makhaarij ke       ‫  ا  ر  ادا‬    ‫رج  اور  ت‬
saath sanwaar kar ada karney ke
‫  ۔‬  ‫ا     م‬
qawaid ka naam tajweed hai.

Q1) Qiraat ke bahoot bade aur  ‫ر اُ د  ن‬  ‫  ے اور‬    ‫(   أت‬١‫س‬
mashoor ustaad koun the?
A) Hazrat Imaam Asim Kufi (�)
‫؟‬
(Mashoor Taabai the) (    ‫ر‬ )  ؒ    ‫ت ا م‬  (‫ج‬

Q2) Hazrat Imaam Asim kufi (�)  ‫د  ن‬  ‫ؒ  دو ص‬    ‫ت ا م‬  (٢‫س‬
ke do khaas shagird koun the?
‫؟‬
A) 1) Hazrat Abu Bakr Showba (�)
2) Hazrat Abu Umroo Hafs.(�) ؒ    ‫ت ا   و‬ (٢  ؒ     ‫(    ت ا‬١ (‫ج‬
Q3) Hum kiski riwayat say Qur’aan
‫؟‬  ‫    آن‬ ‫   روا‬    (٣‫س‬
padhtey hain?
A) Hum Hazrat Abu Umroo
‫  ۔‬ ‫ؒ        روا‬  ‫تا   و‬  (‫ج‬
Hafs (�) ki riwayat say.
3
Qaidah with Urdu & Roman English Qaidah Taleem-ul-Qur’aan
 ‫ ا‬ ‫ہ اُردو   اور   رو‬   ‫ ا آن‬  ‫ہ‬
4) Qabardaar! Qur’aan-e-Paak
galath padhney say kalmay aur
 ‫     اور‬    ‫دار!  آن  ك‬ (٤
maaney badal jaatey hain. Namaaz  ‫       اور‬    ‫  ۔  ز‬  ‫  ل‬
bhi faasid ho sakti hai. Aur galath
padhney waloun par Qur’aan khud
‫  ۔‬    ‫ وا ں    آن  د‬  
laanath karta hai.

5) Gaflath ki neend say jaago. Rab

ki is kitab ko mazbooti say pakadlo din
 ‫ ۔ رب    اس  ب‬         (٥
main aur ratoun ko jaag kar padha karo    ‫ ۔ دن    اور را ں    گ‬      
gour-o-fikar karo zindagi main
rahnumai hasil karo kahein aisa naho
    ‫   ر‬ ‫  و  رو     و۔ ز‬
key qiyaamat ka din is kitab ko    ‫    دن  اس  ب‬       ‫ ا‬  ‫و۔‬
choddeney say hum tabah-wo-barbaad
na hojayeen. [Surah Furqaan aayaat        ‫ڑ د    و       ہ و  د‬
30] main hai key : Wa qala alRasoolu ‫ﺮﺳﻮل‬ َ َ َ :     ٣٠  ‫رۃا ن آ‬
ُ ْ ُ َّ ‫ وﻗﺎل اﻟ‬
Ya Rabbi inna qaumittakhazu hazal
qur'aana mahguraa. ‫ﺠﻮرا‬ ُ ْ ‫ﻫﺬاا‬
َ ٰ ْ ‫ﻟﻘ‬
ْ َ ‫ﺮان‬
ً ْ ُ ‫ﻣﻬ‬ ْ ُ َ َّ‫ﻗﻮ ِ اﺗ‬
َ ٰ ‫ﺨﺬوا‬ َّ ِ ‫ﺮب‬
ْ َ ‫ان‬ ِّ َ ٰ ‫ﻳ‬
Tarjuma : Aur Rasool(r) Kahega Aye
Rab bayshak meri qaum ney is  ‫  ى‬   ‫ےرب‬
  ‫ اور ر ل ﷺ     ا‬:
Qur’aan ko chod rakha tha. ‫م   اس  آن    ڑ ر   ۔‬

  ‫ ا ِن  ں    ص  ل ر‬   ‫ و‬      ‫آن‬

‫را     ك  ‘     س  ك  ‘     رت  اور  و   ۔‬ (١
‫۔‬  (   ‫وت   وع       ) ّذ اور‬ (٢
ْ َّ ٰ ْ َّ َ ُ ُْ َ
‫ن  دود      ۔‬  ‫   ا     ہ    ں‬:      ‫اﻟﺮﺟﯿﻢ ؀‬
ِ ِ ِ ‫ﻄﻦ‬ ‫اﻟﺸ‬ ِ ِ ِ ‫اﻋﻮذ‬    :     ‫ّذ‬
‫  ا‬:    ‫اﻟﺮﺣﯿﻢ ؀‬ِْ ِ َّ ‫اﻟﺮﲪﻦ‬ٰ ْ َّ ِ‫    ْﺴﻢ ﷲ‬: 
ِ ِ
‫ وا   ۔‬   ‫ ر‬  ‫    م      ا  ن  اور‬ ِ

2
Qaidah with Urdu & Roman English Qaidah Taleem-ul-Qur’aan
 ‫ ا‬ ‫ہ اُردو   اور   رو‬   ‫ ا آن‬  ‫ہ‬

Targeebi Baat ‫ت‬

1) Qur’aan-e-Paak Padhte waqt dil
 ‫ و  دل       ل‬  ‫ك‬  ‫آن‬ (١
main yeh qiyal rahey ke main Allah ke
darbar main hazir hoon. Usne hukum    ‫   در ر      ں اس‬ ‫ ا‬     ‫ر‬
diya hai key tum mera kalaam mujhe  ‫  ؟‬        ‫ا  م    ؤ‬       ‫ د‬
sunao ke tum kaise padhteho? Main
   ‫   وت   ر   ں  اورو ہ   ن‬    ‫ اس‬
us ke saamnay tilaawat kar rahahoon
aur who kaan laga kar sun raha hai.  ‫۔‬   ‫ ر‬
2) Qur’aan-e-Kareem Allah Ta’ala ki
kitaab hai, jis ko qiyaamat tak tamaam
     ‘  ‫آن   ا       ب‬ (٢
insaanon ki hidaayat ke liye utaara     ‫    م ا ں    ا      ا را‬
gaya hai aur ise donon jahaan ki
zindagi ki kaamyaabi ka meayaar
 ‫    ر‬     ‫ اور ا  دو ں  ں   ز‬
banaaya gaya hai, lihaaza is ko    ‫    ‘  ا اس    ‘ اس     اور اس‬
seekhna is ko padhna aur is par amal  ‫    ى  دت    اور  ے ا و اب اور‬
karna badi ibaadat hai aur bade ajr-o-
sawaab aur khair-o-barkat ka zariya            ‫   ذر   ۔ اس‬  ‫و‬
hai. Is liye har shakhs ko chaahiye ke          ‫  آن       اور اس‬
Qur’aan-e-Kareem padhna seekhe
aur us ko sahi padhne ki poori koshish ‫  ے۔‬   ‫رى‬
kare.

3) Qur’aan-e-Paak ibteda hi say           ‫آن  ك ا ا  ء‬ (٣

Tajweed say padhna aur padhana
chaheay taa ke bache saaf aur sahi
 ‫اور          ف اور    آن‬
Qur’aan padhnay ke aadi ho jayeen ‫    دى     ۔‬
Note: Huroof ke maqaarij aur inki sifat
ki mashq kisi tajweed janne wale qari  
   ‫ف   رج  اور ان    ت‬
  ‫  و‬:‫ا ہ‬
sahab ke samne bait kar karna           ‫     وا   رى‬
chahiye. Apne taur par padh kar
itminan kar lena kafi nahi hai.
     ‫     ۔ ا   ر     ا ن‬
‫  ۔‬

1
Qaidah with Urdu & Roman English Qaidah Taleem-ul-Qur’aan
16) Madd ka bayan 55 ٥٥ ‫   ن‬ (١٦
17) Noon-e-saakin ya.... 57 ٥٧ ‫ے‬         ‫ن‬ (١٧
18) Meem-e-saakin 61 ٦١ ‫ے‬       (١٨
19) Sakta 62 ٦٢ (١٩
20) Hamza wasli aur Asli... 62 ٦٢ ‫ٔہ   و  اور  ٔہ ا‬ (٢٠
21) Noon-e-Qutni 63 ٦٣  ‫ن‬ (٢١
22) Kuch huroof likhe to.... 64 ٦٤  ‫۔۔‬   ‫ف‬
  ‫  و‬ (٢٢
23) Anaa ko Ana padhna 64 ٦٤    ‫( َا َ    اَ َن‬٢٣
24) Imaala 65 ٦٥ ‫( ا‬٢٤
25) Huroof-e-muqatta'aat 65 ٦٥ ‫ت‬ ‫ف‬
  ‫و‬ (٢٥
26) Rumooz awqaaf 66 ٦٦ ‫( ر ز او ف‬٢٦
27) waqf ke qaaide 68 ٦٨ ‫ے‬     ‫( و‬٢٧

Hadees : Allah ke Rasool (r) ne        :     ‫ ا    ر ل ﷺ‬: 

farmaaya : Tum mein sab se behtar
shakhs woh hai jo Qur'aan seekhe
 ‫۔‬  ‫ اور‬  ‫ وہ      آن‬    
aur sikhaaye. [Bukhaari:5027, Usmaan t] [   ‫    ن ر  ا‬٥٠٢٧ :  ‫] رى‬

Hadees : Rasoolullah (r) ne      :     ‫ ا    ر ل ﷺ‬: 

farmaaya : Jis ne Qur'aan Shareef ka
ek harf padha, us ke liye ek neki hai
  ‫ ا‬    ‫‘ اس‬  ‫   ا   ف‬ ‫آن‬
aur ek neki ka ajr-o-sawaab das neki   ‫   اور ا      ا  و اب دس       ا‬
ke baraabar milta hai. [Tirmizi: 2910,
Abdullah Bin Masood t] [   ‫د ر  ا‬     ‫‘    ا‬٢٩١٠ :‫۔] ى‬  
 (Content)
Sabaq Page  
No.
Topics
No.   ‫و‬
Targeebi baat 1 ١ ‫ ت‬  
Tajweed 3 ٣ ‫ ت‬    
Maqaarij Ka bayaan 6 ٦  ‫رج     ن‬
1) Huroof ki pehchaan 10 ١٠ ‫ف   ن‬
  ‫و‬ (١
2) Harkaat ka bayaan 15 ١٥ ‫ت    ن‬ (٢
3) Jazam ya sukoon .... 18 ١٨ ‫م    ن    ن‬ (٣
4) Huroof-e-Safeera .... 20 ٢٠ ‫ہ    ن‬ ‫ف‬
  ‫و‬ (٤
5) Huroof-e-Qalqala ... 20 ٢٠  ‫    ن‬ ‫ف‬
  ‫و‬ (٥
6) Huroof-e-Mustaalia.. 21 ٢١ ‫   ن‬ ‫ف‬
  ‫و‬ (٦
7) Huroof-e-Maddah.... 22 ٢٢ ‫ف ہ    ن‬
  ‫و‬ (٧
8) Huroof-e-Leen.... 24 ٢٤ ‫ف    ن‬
  ‫و‬ (٨
9) Khada zabar, khada zer.... 26 ٢٦   ‫ا ز   ا ز  ا‬ (٩
10) Tanveen ka bayan.. 30 ٣٠ ‫   ن‬ (١٠
11) Tashdeed ka bayan... 34 ٣٤ ‫  ن‬ (١١
12) Ghunnah ka baayan.. 38 ٣٨ ‫   ن‬ (١٢
13) Laam-e-Jalaala 38 ٣٨  ‫م‬ (١٣
14) Huroof-e-Shamsi/Qamari 39 ٣٩   ِ ‫ و  و‬
‫ف ى‬  ِ ‫و‬
‫ف‬ (١٤
15) Raa ke Qaaide 53 ٥٣ ‫ے‬     ‫( را‬١٥
 ‫ْ‬ ‫َ‬ ‫ْ‬ ‫ْ ْ َ َّ ٰ ُ َ َّ َ ُ َ ٰ َ ْ َ ْ ُ َ ّ َّ ٰ َ َ ْ َ َ‬ ‫َ ْ َ ْ ُ َ ْ َ َّ‬
‫اﲨﻌﲔ۔‬ ‫ِٖ‬
‫واﲱﺎﺑﻪ ِ‬ ‫ﳏﻤﺪ ِ ٖ‬
‫واﻟﻪ‬ ‫ﺧﻠﻘﻪ ٍ‬‫ﺧﲑ ِ ٖ‬
‫ِ‬ ‫ﲪﺪاﻟﺸﺎﮐﺮ واﻟﺼﻠﻮۃ واﻟﺴﻼم‬
‫ِِ‬ ‫اﳊﻤﺪ ِ ِ‬
‫ا ب‬
‫ ‬ ‫ب   ر ل ا    ا    و     زل  ‬
‫  ِ‬ ‫ب رب  ا‬
‫‘  ِ‬ ‫ء وا‬ ‫‘  َ  ا‬ ‫ ا ُ‬
‫  ۔‬ ‫ اُ  وا  ر‬ ‫ ‬ ‫ ‬ ‫    دت  ‬ ‫   آ ى  ب  آ ِن     ‬ ‫وا  ا  ‬
‫ ‬ ‫  اب دار  ‬ ‫ ‬ ‫   ا ح     ‬ ‫ ‬ ‫ ‬ ‫ى   ‬ ‫   ‬ ‫ا  اس ر‬
‫    ق    ب  ب  ہ    اور  رے   ‬ ‫  ں   اس ر‬ ‫   د  اور ا  ‬ ‫۔ ا  ‬
‫زا ِد آ ت اور  ا ِ‬
‫ب  ر   ۔)اٰ (‬
‫‪3rd & 4th Edition in November 2016 - 4000 copies‬‬
‫‪5th Edition in September 2019 - 3000 copies‬‬
‫‪1st Edition in September 2015 - 3000 copies‬‬
‫‪2nd Edition in January 2016 - 4000 copies‬‬

‫‪:‬‬ ‫ا‬ ‫ا‬

‫ ) ہ( ‬ ‫ہ  ن    ص  ر    رى    ا ز ‬ ‫ے  م ا‬ ‫‪(١‬‬

‫ )   (   ر آ  د    ۔‬ ‫   ا  ‬ ‫اور  رى  ڈا‬
‫  وت  ا آن    ۔‬ ‫ ‬ ‫   ا  ‬ ‫ب ‬ ‫‪(٢‬‬
‫ وا ں    ۔‬ ‫ ‬ ‫ہ ‬ ‫اور د ت  رس  ا   ِل ّ اول    را  ‬ ‫‪(٣‬‬
‫ و روز   ‬ ‫ اور ‬ ‫ د‬ ‫ب    ا   م ا          ‬ ‫‪(٤‬‬
‫    ا     م   اور آ ن  ا۔‬
‫(  رآ د۔‬ ‫زس  )‬ ‫ےآر  ا‬
‫‪ :‬ا  ‬ ‫‪     ٩٨٨٥٧٨٠٤٦٢ :‬‬ ‫ ‬ ‫‪(٥‬‬

‫‪Well Wisher :‬‬ ‫ٓ‬

‫ار‪:‬‬
‫ُ‬
‫‪Khadim-ul-Qur’aan‬‬ ‫ان رى‬ ‫دم ا‬
‫‪Qari Shaik Naveed Hussain‬‬ ‫ن‬ ‫۔‪٢٩٠‬۔‪١‬۔‪ ١٣‬رازدار‬ ‫‪:‬‬ ‫ن‬
‫ٓ‬
‫‪H.No. 13-1-290, Razdar Khan pet,‬‬ ‫را د ۔‬ ‫ٹ‬
‫‪Mangalhat, Hyderabad, Telangana.‬‬
‫ات ‪/٩٠١٤٤٣٠٩٥٣ :‬‬
‫‪Cell No. 9014430953 / 9550085424‬‬
‫ ‪٩٥٥٠٠٨٥٤٢٤‬‬
 In the name of Allah, the Most Gracious, the Merciful

‫ ا آن‬  ‫ُہ‬

‫ﻗﺎﻋﺪہﻣﻌﮧاردو اور روﻣﻦاﻧﮕﻠﺶ‬
‫ﺗﺠﻮﯾﺪﮐﮯاﮨﻢاورﺿﺮوریﻗﻮاﻋﺪﮐﮯﺳﺎﺗﮫ‬
Qaidah Taleem-ul-Qur’aan
Qaidah with Urdu & Roman English with
Basic laws of Tajweed

  ‫ و ر‬ ‫    د  ق ر‬   ّ ُ  ‫  ﷺ    ت        ب‬ ‫ر‬

(  ‫ازى‬ ‫                )ڈا     ا‬     ‫اس     م  ا‬ ‫            ا‬            ‫ا  رب‬

‫۔‬  ‫  ا ن‬    ‫ں‬           ‫رب     ِع              ا ن‬

‫   ر  و  ا     ن   ۔‬            ‫ِ           و                       ن‬
 ‫ف  آن    ف  آن‬  ‫ف  آن    ف  آن‬
‫    ب آ ى      ا           ب‬  ‫   اب     اس      اب‬    ‫اس‬
       ‫ن‬       ‫    ا ں‬    ‫ڑ‬ ‫اس         م        ا ب             ا ب‬
    ‫ف  آن    ف  آن‬  ‫ف  آن    ف  آن‬

      ‫  دم  ا آن  رى‬:
Compiler: Khadim-ul-Qur'aan
Qari Shaik Naveed Hussain
Contact No: 9014430953, 9550085424